Home

BMW 735iL Automobile User Manual

1. 2 Push the two tabs on the access panel door towards the windshield 196 3 While pressing forward lift the access panel out of the clipped position and pull towards the front of the vehicle This releases the clips and allows the panel door to be removed Remove the old filter and insert a new one Make sure the arrow on the filter is pointing toward the passenger compartment See Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 482 for the correct part number for the filter Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the cover Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages that may be on your vehicle The pictures will help you locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As you will see in the details on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they are working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when
2. c eee 453 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 00608 455 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 453 Underhood Fuse Block cceeeeeeeeeeeees 455 Service Parts Identification Label 453 Rear Underseat Fuse Block Electrical System cccccccccseseeeeeeeeees 454 Left Side eset ects teee neces 460 Add On Electrical Equipment s 454 Rear Underseat Fuse Block Windshield Wiper Fuses cccceseeeee 454 Right Side ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeees 462 Power Windows and Other Power Capacities and Specifications 464 ODPUONS eridan ninii ends eae daddies 454 345 Service Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy with it We hope you will go to your dealer for all your service needs You will get genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people 346 We hope you will want to keep your GM vehicle all GM Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACVelco E parts GM cate Goodwrench E Accessories Accessories and Modifications When you add non GM accessories to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like anti lock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories may even cause malfunction or dama
3. If there is a problem with the airbag system in your vehicle the SERVICE AIR BAG message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC display See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 for more information 201 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Your vehicle has the passenger sensing system Your instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator PASSENGER AIRBAG l A wy A A OFF ON United States Canada When the ignition key is turned to ON or START the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check If you use remote start to start your vehicle if you have this feature you may not see the system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag 202 If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag is enabled may inflate A CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or ki
4. But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it just attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Child Restraints Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts Older Children A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts 43 A CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same
5. If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger 69 Airbag System Your vehicle has the following airbags e A frontal airbag for the driver e A frontal airbag for the right front passenger e A seat mounted side impact airbag for the driver e A seat mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger e A roof mounted airbag for the driver right front passenger and second row outboard passenger positions Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job 70 Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them
6. Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight 334 Look in the following chart to find the maximum trailer weight for your vehicle Maximum GCWR Package Trailer Weight 2 000 Ibs 6 853 Ibs 907 kg 3 808 kg Base 4 250 lbs 9 353 Ibs The Gross Combination Weight Rating GCWR is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers cargo equipment and conversions The GCWR for your vehicle should not be exceeded You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or advice or you can write us at Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Car Division P O Box 33169 Detroit MI 48232 5169 In Canada write to General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If you have a lot of options equipment passengers or cargo in the vehicle it will re
7. You have two minutes to match the first tire wheel position and five minutes overall to match all four tire wheel positions If it takes longer than two minutes to match the first tire and wheel or more than five minutes to match all four tire and wheel positions the matching process stops and you need to start over The TPM matching process is outlined below 1 2 3 Set the parking brake Turn the ignition switch to ON with the engine off Using the DIC press the vehicle information button until the PRESS TO RELEARN TIRE POSITIONS message displays Press the Set Reset button The horn sounds twice to indicate the TPMS receiver is ready and the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message displays The TPMS low tire warning light flashes throughout the matching procedure Start with the driver s side front tire Remove the valve cap from the valve stem Activate the TPM sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for 10 seconds or until a horn chirp sounds The horn chirp which may take up to 30 seconds to sound confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to this tire position To decrease the tire s air pressure use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage ora key 12 Proceed to the passengers side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 Proceed to the passenger s side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 Proc
8. Do not secure a child restraint in the right front passenger s position or any third row position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached There is no place to attach the top tether in this position Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 53 for additional information Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Make sure that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual A CAUTION Each top tether anchor and lower anchor in the vehicle is designed to hold only one child restraint Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured if this happens To help prevent injury to people and damage to your vehicle attach only one child restraint per anchor 59 A CAUTION
9. If there is still no sign of steam idle the engine for three minutes while parked If the warnings are still indicated turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down Also see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode later in this section You might decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away 373 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode This operating mode allows your vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency Should an hot engine condition exist an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders helps prevent engine damage In this mode there is a loss in power and engine performance Driving extended miles km and or towing a trailer in the overheat protection mode should be avoided Notice After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oil will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss and change the oil See Engine Oil on page 360 374 Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what you will see 3 6L V6 shown 4 6L V8 similar A Electric Engine Cooling Fans B Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap Some vehicles may be equipped with an engine driven fan as well as the electric pusher fans A which are located behind the vehicle s grille A CAUTION An electric
10. Parade Dimming This feature prohibits dimming of the instrument panel displays and backlighting during daylight hours when the key is in the ignition and the headlamps are on This feature operates with the light sensor and is fully automatic When the light sensor reads darkness outside and the parking lamps are active the instrument panel displays can be adjusted by sliding the instrument panel brightness lever toward the symbol to brighten or away from the symbol to dim the lighting Reading Lamps The reading lamps are located on the overhead console These lamps come on automatically when any door is opened For manual operation press the button next to each lamp to turn it on or off If the reading lamps are left on they automatically shut off 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned off Electric Power Management The vehicle has Electric Power Management EPM that estimates the battery s temperature and state of charge It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery When the battery s state of charge is low the voltage is raised slightly to quickly put the charge back in When the state of charge is high the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging If the vehicle has a voltmeter gage or voltage display on the Driver Information Center DIC you may see the voltage move up or down This is normal If there is a problem an alert will be displayed The ba
11. Superlube GM Part No U S 12371287 in Canada 10953437 481 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer ACDelco Part P2129 PFO CFT300 CF133 47 900 41 987 Drivers Side 22 inches 6656m vemm Passengers Side 21 inches 63 30m eeeezrs Rear Wiper Blade 13 inches 83 0cm 1520s 482 Engine Drive Belt Routing 4 6L V8 Engine 3 6L V6 Engine 483 Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 468 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 476 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Maintenance Record cont d Maintenance Record cont d Odometer A Maintenance I or 7 Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed 486 Section 7 Customer Assistance Information Customer Assistance and Information 488 Reporting Safety Defects 0000020 504 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 488 Reporting Safety Defects to the Online Owner Center eeeeeeeeeeee eee 490 United States Government seeen 504 Customer Assistance for Text Repor
12. and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 271 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD 253 Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section amp Eject Press the CD eject button to eject CD s To eject the CD that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD can be removed If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing 254 For the Six Disc CD player press and hold the eject button for two secon
13. until the indicator lights located directly above the buttons begin to blink rapidly 2 Once the indicator lights begin to blink release both buttons The codes from all buttons will be erased For additional information on Universal Home Remote see Customer Assistance Offices on page 491 149 Universal Home Remote System Operation With One Triangular LED Your vehicle may have the Universal Home Remote System If there is one triangular Light Emitting Diode LED above the Universal Home Remote buttons follow the instructions below If your vehicle has three round LED above the Universal Home Remote buttons follow the instructions under Universal Home Remote System Operation With three round LED Do not use the Universal Home Remote with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 If you have a newer garage door opener with rolling codes please be sure to follow Steps 6 through 8 to complete the programming of your Universal Home Remote Transmitter 150 Read the instructions completely before attempting to program the Universal Home Remote Because of the steps involved it may be helpful to have another person available to assist you in the programming steps Keep the original hand held transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future Universal Home Remote programming It is also reco
14. you ll want to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer And because you re a good deal longer you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have
15. A CAUTION Frontal airbags for the driver and right front passenger are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes And for some unrestrained occupants frontal airbags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful airbags have provided in the past Seat mounted side impact airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle They are not designed to inflate in frontal in rollover or in rear crashes CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Roof mounted side impact airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle They may inflate in some frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rear crashes The vehicle is designed to deploy the roof mounted side impact airbags in the event of a vehicle rollover Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 71 A CAUTION Both frontal and side impact airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye If you are too close to an inflating airbag as you would be if you were leaning forward it could seriously injure you Safety belts help keep you in position for airbag inflation before and during a crash Always wear your safety be
16. Appearance Care Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice lf you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the integrated radio antenna and the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner 443 Many cleaner
17. Different Size ooo eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 418 Replacement cecceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneneees 421 Where to Put the Restraint ee 53 WINGKOWS cessisse ipikit a 108 POWO ennei oen A 109 Windshield WASIO aoc E 171 Washer Fluid eee eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeaeeeeees 380 522 Windshield cont Wiper Blade Replacement arrene 397 Wiper Blades Cleaning ccseeeeeeee 449 Wiper FUSES cossirer tones caladecageedeanence 454 WIDGIS sevdercecesedantetitiareinclie ited S 170 Windshield Rear Washer Wiper 5 172 Winter Driving eecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 317 Winter TOS 2 caddies cwsceccoreeeiteandntecstideem sce 400 Wiper Activated Headlamps e 178 X XM Radio Messages seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 264 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 272 Y Your Vehicle and the Environment 468
18. Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle All Wheel Drive All of the lubricant checks in this section apply to your vehicle If you have an all wheel drive vehicle there is an additional system that need lubrication Transfer Case When to Check Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check the transfer case fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem Have it inspected and repaired How to Check Lubricant If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the transfer case you ll need to add some lubricant Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole Use care not to overtighten the plug What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 480 A Drain Plug B Fill Plug To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be on a level surface 393 Rear Axle When to Check Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a prob
19. Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 368 for further details Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Visually inspect your vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 407 Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 424 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 127 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 3 Try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service 477 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON Control System Check but do not start the engine Without applying the regular b
20. If your engine has stopped running you will need to restart it With the brake pedal pressed and the parking brake still applied shift the transmission to PARK P and restart the engine Then shift to REVERSE R release the parking brake and slowly back down the hill as straight as possible in REVERSE R As you are backing down the hill put your left hand on the steering wheel at the 12 o clock position This way you will be able to tell if your wheels are straight and maneuver as you back down It is best that you back down the hill with your wheels straight rather than in the left or right direction Turning the wheel too far to the left or right will increase the possibility of a rollover Here are some things you must not do if you stall or are about to stall when going up a hill e Never attempt to prevent a stall by shifting into NEUTRAL N to rev up the engine and regain forward momentum This will not work Your vehicle will roll backwards very quickly and you could go out of control Instead apply the regular brake to stop the vehicle Then apply the parking brake Shift to REVERSE R release the parking brake and slowly back straight down A Never attempt to turn around if you are about to stall when going up a hill If the hill is steep enough to stall your vehicle it is steep enough to cause you to roll over if you turn around If you cannot make it up the hill you must back straight dow
21. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints 46 Young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone unless there is no other choice Instead they need to use a child restraint A CAUTION People should never hold a baby in their arms while riding in a vehicle A baby does not weigh much until a crash During a crash a baby will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg baby will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms A baby should be secured in an appropriate restraint Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for CAUTION Continued CAUT
22. RKE transmitter to your vehicle See Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 96 and DIC Controls and Displays on page 215 for more information REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY This message displays when the battery in your Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter needs to be replaced To replace the battery see Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 96 RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN This message displays when the passengers side rear door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely SERVICE AIR BAG This message displays when there is a problem with the airbag system Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer immediately See Airbag Readiness Light on page 201 for more information SERVICE A C SYSTEM This message displays when the air delivery mode door or the electronic sensors that control the air conditioning and heating systems are no longer working Have the climate control system serviced by your dealer if you notice a drop in heating and air conditioning efficiency SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM This message displays when there is a problem with the generator and battery charging systems Driving with this problem could drain the battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories Stop and turn off the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so Have the electrical system checked by your deale
23. This has an effect on steering accelerating and braking Drive at a reduced speed and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers 304 Hard packed snow and ice offer the worst tire traction On these surfaces it is very easy to lose control On wet ice for example the traction is so poor that you will have difficulty accelerating And if you do get moving poor steering and difficult braking can cause you to slide out of control A CAUTION Driving on frozen lakes ponds or rivers can be dangerous Underwater springs currents under the ice or sudden thaws can weaken the ice Your vehicle could fall through the ice and you and your passengers could drown Drive your vehicle on safe surfaces only Driving in Water Heavy rain can mean flash flooding and flood waters demand extreme caution Find out how deep the water is before you drive through it If it is deep enough to cover your wheel hubs axles or exhaust pipe do not try it you probably will not get through Also water that deep can damage the axle and other vehicle parts If the water is not too deep drive slowly through it At faster speeds water splashes on your vehicle s ignition system and your vehicle can stall Stalling can also occur if you get the tailpipe under water And as long as the tailpipe is under water you will never be able to start the engine When you go through water remember that when the brakes get wet it may take you
24. Wiper Activated Headlamps 088 178 ial ae rie i S a a Headlamps on Reminder iaee 179 Sa saa Cran UNS re sree E eee 199 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 179 a STEE e prea EEE e EEA ngine Speed Limiter ceeeeeeeeeee 199 Fog LAMPS sacegorsrensaisenrdisorireinn 181 Safety Belt Reminder Light 200 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 0 181 AS Se SUNET Ig odo E Instrument Panel Brightness 181 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light 200 Ran Airbag Readiness Light eee 201 Entuy LIONUNO crescesse vied oenuuass 182 161 Section 3 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 202 Charging System Light eeees 204 Brake System Warning Light 000 204 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 205 Traction Control System TCS Warning fe p oreca rtree arene errr 206 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Hightae e e Oa 206 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 207 Tire Pressure Light ecseeeeeereeeeees 207 Malfunction Indicator Lamp seeen 208 Oil Pressure Light ccscceeeeeeeeeeee eee 211 Security Light ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 212 Fog Lamp Lgi cusco 212 Lights On Reminder n se 212 Cruise Control Light ssriseiisiicuuisanisuarsaa 212 Highbeam On Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 213 Tow Haul Mode Light o ae 213 Fuel GAGS csssssvivserecrosrinatidndd anette eneseaess 213 Dr
25. done at the dealership service department Contact your dealer for additional information or the procedure can be found in the service manual To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 505 Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 480 Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 473 and be sure to use the fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 480 367 Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 372 368 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C e Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protect against rust and corrosion e Help keep the proper engine temperature e Allow the warning lights and gages to work as they should Notice Using coolant other t
26. driving speed changes That way the volume level should sound about the same as you drive To activate SCV 1 Set the radio volume to the desired level 2 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 3 Press the pushbutton under the AUTO VOLUM volume label on the radio display 4 Press the pushbutton under the desired Speed Compensated Volume setting OFF Low Med medium or High to select the level of radio volume compensation The display times out after approximately 10 seconds Each higher setting allows for more radio volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between AM FM or XM if equipped The display shows the selection dd Tune Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK Press the right or left SEEK arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either SEEK arrow for three seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either SEEK arrow again to stop scanning The radio only seeks and scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band 247 i Information XM Satellite Radio Service MP3 and RDS Features Press the information button to display additional text information related to the current FM RDS or XM station or MP3 song A choice of additional information su
27. feel the upper radiator hose getting hot The See Engine upper radiator hose is the largest of the Compartment Overview hoses which comes out of the radiator on the on page 356 for passenger s side of the vehicle Watch out reservoir location for the engine cooling fans By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level AMM is lower add more of the proper mixture AR to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the FULL COLD FROID line on the side of the coolant surge tank 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the When to Check Power Steering Fluid pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated Recheck the coolant level in the bottle next time you use your vehicle to insure the system is full when cold See Engine Coolant on page 368 It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired 379 How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid do the following 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The level should be withi
28. needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section amp Eject Press the CD eject button to eject CD R s To eject the CD R that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD R can be removed If the CD R is not removed after several seconds the CD R automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold the eject button for two seconds to eject all discs dd Tune Turn this knob to select MP3 files on the CD R currently playing K SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current MP3 file if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next MP3 file If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through MP3 files on the CD lt Previous Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder labe
29. poor weather conditions features like all wheel drive help make it much better suited for off road use Its higher ground clearance also helps your vehicle step over some off road obstacles But your vehicle does not have features like special underbody shielding and a transfer case low gear range things that are usually thought necessary for extended or severe off road service Also see Braking on page 278 The airbag system is designed to work properly under a wide range of conditions including off road usage Observe safe driving speeds especially on rough terrain As always wear your safety belt Off road driving can be great fun But it does have some definite hazards The greatest of these is the terrain itself Off roading means you have left the North American road system behind Traffic lanes are not marked Curves are not banked There are no road signs Surfaces can be slippery rough uphill or downhill In short you have gone right back to nature Off road driving involves some new skills And that is why it is very important that you read this guide You will find many driving tips and suggestions These will help make your off road driving safer and more enjoyable Before You Go Off Roading There are some things to do before you go out For example be sure to have all necessary maintenance and service work done Check to make sure all underbody shields if the vehicle has them are properly
30. to the freeway If you have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp you should begin to check traffic Try to determine where you expect to blend with the flow Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed Switch on your turn signal check your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow Once you are on the freeway adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it is slower Stay in the right lane unless you want to pass Before changing lanes check your mirrors Then use your turn signal Just before you leave the lane glance quickly over your shoulder to make sure there is not another vehicle in your blind spot Once you are moving on the freeway make certain you allow a reasonable following distance Expect to move slightly slower at night When you want to leave the freeway move to the proper lane well in advance If you miss your exit do not under any circumstances stop and back up Drive on to the next exit The exit ramp can be curved sometimes quite sharply The exit speed is usually posted Reduce your speed according to your speedometer not to your sense of motion After driving for any distance at higher speeds you may tend to think you are going slower than you actually are Before Leaving on a Long Trip Make sure you are ready Try to be well rested If you must start when you
31. 174 167 Turn and Lane Change Signals To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down The lever returns automatically when the turn is complete An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change Hold it there until the lane change is complete The lever returns to its original position when it is released 168 Rapid flashing of arrows when signaling for a turn or lane change may be caused by a burned out signal bulb Other driver s will not see the signal Replace burned out bulbs to help avoid possible accidents Check the fuse and for burned out bulbs if the arrow fails to work when signaling a turn See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 455 for more information Turn Signal On Chime If the turn signal is left on for about 3 4 mile 1 2 km a warning chime will sound and the TURN SIGNAL ON message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC display See Turn Signal On under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 for more information Headlamp High Low Beam Changer Push forward on the turn signal multifunction lever to change the headlamps from low to high beam Pull the lever back and then release it to change from high to low beam If you turn the vehicle off with the high beams on the high beams will be on the next time you start your vehicle This l
32. 442 COMPASS sinini eia anaia 134 Control of a Vehicle sissiseiisnoniiisennesiii 278 Coolant Engine Temperature Gage eee 207 Engine Temperature Warning Light 206 Heater Engine cccsseeeeeeeeeereeeeeeees 121 Surge Tank Pressure Cap neeese 371 Cooling System ccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 374 510 Cruise Control riaceae eman 174 Cruise Control Light icssesisiscssisiinsnniriresss 212 CUPNOIGEN S E esse ecueennd ees 154 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation eseese 496 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users ecen 491 Customer Assistance Offices 00 491 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 488 GM Mobility Reimbursement Progra a a 492 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 505 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government 0 ccceeeeees 504 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government 05 504 Roadside Service cccceeceeceseeeeeeeeeeees 493 Service Publications Ordering INFOPMALION sissandi 505 D Daytime Running Lamps eeeeeeeeees 179 Defensive Driving cceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 274 Delayed LOCKING ceceeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeees 102 DSCs MPS e caval oncansa gust gece cu Eaa 257 Diversity Antenna System ace 272 Doing Your Own Service Work 348 Door Central Door Unlocking Syste
33. A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 2006 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved How to Use This Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle If this is done it can help you learn about the features and controls for the vehicle Pictures and words work together in the owner manual to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people In the caution area we tell you what the hazard is Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt You will also find a circle with a slash through it in this book This safety symbol means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings Also in this manual you will find these notices Notice These mean there is something that could damage your
34. Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q A 88 Is there anything might add to the front or sides of the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Also the airbag system may not work properly if you relocate any of the airbag sensors If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 488 Q Because I have a disability have to get A my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel ceiling headliner ceiling and pillar garnish trim roof mounted airbag modules or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 488 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Now and then make s
35. Audio 269 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel cee 166 Storage Areas Cargo Management System 0 008 155 Cell Phone Storage Area n e 154 Center Console Storage Area 06 154 Cupholder S ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 154 GIOVE BOX sistecasieinck cxavaneabasevecutsdoidcueratandes 153 Luggage Carrier ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 154 St wable SCatscseicccsducocseecsesedssnduedeecesesennteue 20 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 321 SUM VISOMS ssavsatessetets adaaverdcnlaaVatecnanraddedaeeecas 112 SUMMOOT aoe a E aE 156 158 T Tachometer sareren nena aaae 199 TCS Warning Light isssrisseisssisncsninngs 206 Theft Deterrent Radio cccccceceeeeeeee eres 268 Theft Deterrent System ceeeeeeeeeeeee 112 Theft Deterrent Systems 0 cceeeeeeeeeeees 112 PASS Key Ile sccsccsceccesceecssesnenssneess 114 PASS Key Ill Operation 0 cccccccee 114 Throttle Adjustable ccececeeeeeeeeee teers 120 520 Tilt WHGCGI incorrido 166 Time Setting cee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 242 244 Tire Pressure Light eccceseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 207 VIVOS E casi E E E ces taeded an eeudenavian 398 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Cleaning cc cseeeeeeeeeeeees 449 Buying NeW Tires ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 416 CAINS ae teie wee teeapee ieee eet pnicenaesectieees thee 4
36. CMPRSR M CLICH MICRO MICRO 8 uomi MICRO WASHER SS Front Washer Pump FAN 2 HC Right Side Engine Cooling MICRO Fan Motors FAN S P HC Series Parallel Engine MICRO Cooling Fan FAN 1 HC Left Side Engine Cooling MICRO Fan Motors Relays Usage Relays Usage FOG LAMP SS HORN SS SPARE Ar CME T oag P ae ir Conditioning Compressor Clutc IGN MAIN SS Ignition Switch ON MICRO FUEL PUMP ae Starter Solenoid SS MICRO Fuel Pump ACCY SS Accessory Power Rear Wipers se y Powertrain Engine Control Module MICRO Inside Rearview Mirror HI BEAM SS ICO at eee Y Case Fuses Usage _ BLWR HC Front Blower Motor Assembly FAN 2 Right Cooling Fan Motor eieae SPARE WERNO _ Windshield Wiper System On Off FAN 1 Left Cooling Fan Motor WPR HI HC Windshield Wiper System TANE MICRO Low Hig STRTR Starter Solenoid HEAD LAMP PDB2 LRPDB Left Side Rear WASH HC _ Headlamp Washer Pump Option Power Distribution Box MICRO ABS MOTOR Anti lock Brake System Module LO BEAM LP LPDB 1 LRPDB Left Side Rear MICRO HID HC Low Beam Headlamps Power Distribution Box MICRO ones RRPDB Right Side Rear Rear Washer Pum SS MICRO j SPARE Spare 457 Y Case Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage BLWR Front Blower Motor Assembly Instrument Panel Cluster Climate DISPLAY Control Module Front Blower Relay RPDB 2 ieee a iea a Diagnostic Link Connector BCM 2 LED Instrument Panel Dimming Overhead Lamps Vanity Lam
37. Clutch Garter High Mounted Stoplamp FUEL PUMP FuelPump BOM 4 CHMSL Back up Lamps FUEL PUMP Fuel Pump Instrument Panel Accessory Power ma ae late Circuit Breaker Usas RT LO BEAM Right Side Low Beam Headlamp ee Headlamp Washer Pump Optional AUX OUTLET Center Console Accessory Power Outlet 459 Rear Underseat Fuse Block Left Side The left side rear fuse block is located under the rear seat on the left side of the vehicle The carpet must be lifted up to access the rear fuse block Les bse To access the fuse block push in the two tabs located at each end of the fuse block cover Then lift the cover off OD VUES e Jee Jk a rece 460 Relays Usage STOP RELAY MINI Not Used ELC RELAY Electronic Level Control ELC MINI Compressor Motor PRK LAMP f REAR FOG LAMP RLY Not Used MICRO SPARE R POSITION LH POS PRK LAMP RELAY Front amp Rear Park Lamps MICRO SPARE Steering Wheel Controls Rear Seat Entertainment Rear Seat RSARSE ONSTAR OnStar Module XM Radio 3RD ROW Flip Fold Seat Switches Remote SW RFA Keyless Entry System Module Audio Amplifier Mini Fuses Usage J Case Fuses Usage Driver Door Module Locks Outside Electronic Level Control ELC MOD Rearview Mirror Window Switches Compressor Breakers
38. Cruise Control on page 174 for more information DRIVER DOOR OPEN This message displays when the driver s door is not closed completely Make sure that the driver s door is closed completely 222 ENGINE HOT A C Air Conditioning OFF This message displays when the engine coolant becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 207 To avoid added strain on a hot engine the air conditioning compressor automatically turns off When the coolant temperature returns to normal the air conditioning compressor turns back on You can continue to drive your vehicle If this message continues to appear have the system repaired by your dealer as soon as possible to avoid damage to the engine ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not increase the engine speed above normal idling speed See Engine Overheating on page 372 for more information This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is too hot Stop and allow the vehicle to idle until it cools down See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 206 See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 374 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency ENGINE POWER REDUCED This mess
39. Do not use strong soaps or chemical detergents Be sure to rinse the vehicle well removing all soap residue completely Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 452 Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives 447 All cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface or they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 447 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 452 448 Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle The vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and mad
40. If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the rear tires Notice lf your vehicle has a tire size other than P255 50R20 use tire chains only where legal and only when you must Use chains that are the proper size for your tires Install them on the tires of the rear axle Do not use chains on the tires of the front axle Tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and retighten them If the contact continues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage your vehicle If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal
41. If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle e Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and e Have your vehicle fixed immediately Running the Engine While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 132 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 317 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park P on page 129 If you are pulling
42. OFF default No automatic seat exit recall will occur ON The driver s seat will move back when the key is removed from the ignition The automatic easy exit seat movement will only occur one time after the key is removed from the ignition If the automatic movement has already occurred and you put the key back in the ignition and remove it again the seat will stay in the original exit position unless a memory recall took place prior to removing the key again NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it MEMORY SEAT RECALL If the vehicle has this feature it allows you to select your preference for the remote memory seat recall feature See Memory Seat and Mirrors on page 12 for more information Press the customization button until MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears in the display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF default No remote memory seat recall will occur ON The drivers seat and outside mirrors will automatically move to the stored driving position when the unlock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is pressed If your vehicle has the adjustable throttle and brake pedal feature the pedals will also automatically move NO CHA
43. Panel Cluster on page 198 Windshield Wiper Lever See Windshield Wipers on page 170 Analog Clock See Analog Clock on page 188 Driver Information Center Controls DIC See DIC Controls and Displays on page 215 Hood Release See Hood Release on page 355 Parking Brake Release See Parking Brake on page 127 Instrument Panel Brightness Control See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 181 Tilt Wheel Lever See Tilt Wheel on page 166 J Adjustable Pedal Button If Equipped See Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 120 Horn See Horn on page 166 Ashtray If Equipped See Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter on page 187 Traction Control Button See Traction Control System TCS on page 281 Tow Haul Selector Button If Equipped See Tow Haul Mode on page 126 Hazard Warning Flasher Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 166 Dual Climate Control System See Dual Climate Control System on page 189 Audio System See Audio System s on page 240 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 153 165 Hazard Warning Flashers The hazard warning flashers let you warn the police and others that you have a problem The front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located on the instrument panel below the climate control system The hazard warning flashers work no matter what position the key is in and eve
44. Place the jack under the vehicle ahead of the rear bumper Position the center lift point of the jack under the center of the spare tire 5 Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the jack until it lifts the secondary latch spring 6 Keep raising the jack until the spare tire stops moving upward and is held firmly in place this lets you know that the secondary latch has released 7 Lower the jack by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise Keep lowering the jack until the spare tire is resting on the wheel wrench 437 8 Grasp the spare tire with both hands and pull it out from under the vehicle 9 Reach under the vehicle and remove the wheel wrench and jack 438 10 Tilt the retainer and slip it through the wheel opening when the spare tire has been completely lowered 11 Turn the wrench clockwise to raise the cable back up if the cable is hanging Have the hoist assembly inspected as soon as you can You will not be able to store a spare tire using the hoist assembly until it has been repaired or replaced Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place 3 Place the flat tire in the tire storage bag and put the tire in an upright position against the Storing the F
45. S OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that can be used to interact with OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 269 for more information On some vehicles you may have to hold the button for a few seconds and give the command ONSTAR in order to activate the OnStar Hands Free Calling feature On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voicemail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information 141 How OnStar Service Works In order to provide you with OnStar services your vehicle s OnStar system has the capability of recording and transmitting vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center at the time of an OnStar button press Emergency button press or if your airbags or AACN system deploys The vehicle information usually includes your GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the accident that your vehicle has been involved in e g the direction from which your vehicle was hit When you use the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling your vehicle also sends OnStar your GPS location so that we can provide you with location based services OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service
46. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked If your front passenger s seat has a manual reclining seatback the lever used to operate it is located on the outboard side of the seat To recline the seatback do the following 1 Lift the recline lever 2 Move the seatback to the desired position then release the lever to lock the seatback in place 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked To return the seatback to an upright position do the following 1 Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked Power Reclining Seatbacks If your seats have power reclining seatbacks use the vertical power seat control located on the outboard side of each seat e To recline the seatback press the control toward the rear of the vehicle e To raise the seatback press the control toward the front of the vehicle 15 A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety be
47. The third row seat head rests can be removed from the seatback To do this press the button located on the top of the seatback and pull them out from the seatback Store the head rest front side facing up in the compartment behind the third row by inserting the head rest posts into the slots in the storage area Rear Seats Rear Seat Operation Adjusting the Second Row Seat The second row seat can be adjusted forward or rearward Pull up on the lever under the seat cushion and slide the seat with your body Release the lever and try to move the seat forward and rearward to be sure it is locked into place Entering or Exiting the Third Row Seat Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle Z CAUTION the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat Be sure to return the seat to the passenger To operate the seat pull the release handle located on the top of the seatback Fold the seatback forward then pull the release handle on the top of the seatback to release the seat to tumble forward seating position when finished Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place Never use the third row seating position while the second row is folded or folded and tumbled This could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash The passenger s side of the second row seat has an easy en
48. To request an order form please specify year and model name of the vehicle 506 ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds A Accessories and Modifications 00 347 Accessory Power Outlet S cceeceeeseee 186 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle ccce 88 Additives Fuel cccccecceeceeceeeeeeneeeeeneees 350 Add On Electrical Equipment ss cc 454 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal 120 Air Cleaner Filter Engine ceecceceeeees 365 Air Conditioning 0 ccecececceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 189 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator 0006 202 Readiness Light eeeeseeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 201 Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 498 Airbag SYStOMN ss ccexiiasectineandsseeinnseanesenteanenterees 70 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle eee 88 How Does an Airbag Restrain 0 79 Passenger Sensing Syste
49. Usas LH PRK POS Left Side Taillamp Left Side Front PWR WNDWS Power Window Motors LAMPS Park Lamps Sidemarker Lamps Front Pak Large edome Come e U Aee Front Park Lamps Sidemarker Lamps FUSE PULLER Fuse Puller TRLR PRK JOINT LAMPS Trailer Park Lamps CONNECTOR Joint Connector SPARE SPARE SPARE Memory Seat Module Ultrasonic MEMORY RPA Rear Parking Assist URPA Module Rear Auxiliary Power Outlet PRK LAMP LH POS Park Lamp Relay REAR FOG RH POS LAMP Right Side Taillamp 461 Rear Underseat Fuse Block Relays Usage Right Side Ea Rear Window Defogger The right side rear fuse block is located under the SPARE rear seat on the right side of the vehicle The carpet SPARE must be lifted up to access the rear fuse block UNLOCK RELAY MICRO Rear Door Locks SPARE al ae aa Rear Door Locks 2 J CS RUN RELAY Rear Air Conditioning Blower Motor HC MICRO Climate Control Ignition SPARE WPR ISRVM_ Rear Wiper Switch Inside VICS Rearview Mirror THEFT Garage Door Opener Keyless UGDO RFA Entry System coec aneanena soona To access the fuse block push in the two tabs located at each end of the fuse block cover Then lift the cover off SPARE Spare Ea Canister Vent Solenoid Powe
50. When you turn off the engine the transmission will lock If you need to shift the transmission out of PARK P the ignition key has to be in ON The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACCESSORY or ON position with the engine off You may not be able to start your vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time D START This position starts the engine 117 Key In the Ignition Never leave your vehicle with the keys inside as it is an easy target for joy riders or thieves If you leave the key in the ignition and park your vehicle a chime will sound when you open the driver s door Always remember to remove your key from the ignition and take it with you This will lock your ignition and transaxle Also always remember to lock the doors The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ignition while your vehicle is parked You may not be able to start your vehicle after it has been parked for an extended period of time 118 Retained Accessory Power RAP The following accessories on your vehicle may be used for up to 10 minutes after the ignition key is turned from ON to OFF e Radio e Power Windows e Audio Steering Wheel Controls e Sunroof Power to these accessories stops after 10 minutes or if a door is opened If you want power for another 10 minutes close all the doors and turn the ignition key to ON and then back to OFF Starting the Engine Pla
51. a different level In the automatic position the blower might go to a lower speed during an OnStar session to limit the background noise 190 To change the current mode select one of the following positions using the right control AUTO Turn the control to this position to turn on the automatic delivery mode operation Vent Turn the control to this position so that air is directed to the instrument panel outlets y4 Bi Level Turn the control to this position so that half of the air is directed to the instrument panel outlets and the other half goes to the floor outlets The temperature of the air to the floor will be warmer than the air to the upper outlets i Floor Turn the control to this position so that most of the air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed to the outboard outlets side window outlets and defroster outlet 4 Defog Turn the control to this position so that air is directed between the windshield and floor outlets with some air going to the outboard outlets and side window outlets More information of defogging can be found later in this section W Defrost Turn the control to this position so that most of the air is directed to the windshield with some air going to the side window outlets More information on defrosting can be found later in this section cb On Off Press this button to turn the climate control system on or off While off adjusting any butto
52. a half seconds to let you know that the system is working If your vehicle is moving in REVERSE R at a speed greater than 3 mph 5 km h the red light will flash to remind you that the system does not work at a speed greater than 3 mph 5 km h If an object is detected at a REVERSE R speed of less than 3 mph 5 km h one of the following will occur Description English Metric Amber light Amber amber lights 40in 10m Amber amber red lights amp F Amber amber red lights flashing amp continuous chime A chime will sound the first time an object is detected between 20 inches 0 5 m and 5 feet 1 5 m away URPA cannot detect objects that are above liftgate level In order for the rear sensors to recognize an object it must be within detection range behind the vehicle 185 When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly The light may flash red when the vehicle is in REVERSE R if the ultrasonic sensors are not kept clean So be sure to keep your rear bumper free of mud dirt snow ice and slush Other conditions that may affect system performance include things like the vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck If after cleaning the rear bumper and then driving forward at least 15 mph 25 km h the display continues to flash red see your dealer If a trailer was attached to your vehicle or a bicycle or an object was on the back of or hanging out
53. a security device or from left to right and within two and home lighting repeat Steps 1 8 choosing a one half minutes enter each switch setting different function button in Step 6 than what you into the Universal Home Remote System used for the garage door opener Push one button for each switch as follows e Left button on switch position e Right button off switch position e Middle button middle switch position 5 After entering the switch settings press and release all three buttons at the same time The indicator lights will turn on 147 Programming Universal Home Remote Rolling Code Rolling code garage door openers are used for garage doors produced after 1996 and are code protected Rolling code means the coded signal is changed every time your remote control garage door opener is used Programming a rolling code garage door opener involves time sensitive actions so read the entire procedure before you begin If you do not follow these actions the device will time out and you will have to repeat the procedure Follow these steps to program up to three channels 1 Press the two outside buttons at the same time for one to two seconds and immediately release them 148 Go to the garage Locate the garage door motor head and press and release the learn button After pressing the learn button you have 10 to 30 seconds to complete Step 4 depen
54. a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 331 133 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar The vehicle may have an automatic dimming inside rearview mirror with OnStar controls For more information about OnStar see OnStar System on page 139 cb On Off The on off button located on the lower left side of the mirror is used for the automatic dimming functions of the rearview mirror Mirror Operation The automatic dimming feature comes on each time the vehicle is started Automatic dimming reduces the glare of lights from behind the vehicle To turn the automatic dimming feature on or off press and release the on off button The indicator light will illuminate when this feature is on 134 Cleaning the Mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar and Compass The vehicle may have an automatic dimming inside rearview mirror with a compass and OnStar controls For more information about OnStar see OnStar System on page 139 The mirror has an eight point compass display in the upper right corner of the mirror When on the compass automatically calibrates or sets the driving direction as the vehicle is driven If the vehicle has the navigation option the directio
55. airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can CAUTION Continued The passenger sensing system is designed to turn CAUTION Continued off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if e The right front passenger seat is unoccupied guarantee that an airbag will not deploy Ici e The system determines that an infant is under someunusua circumstance even present in a rear facing infant seat though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured ano system determines boa one oul i present in a forward facing child restraint e The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as e somipede part her weight off far back as it will go It is better to secure p the child restraint in a rear seat e The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system 83 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit t
56. as you approach the e Use a low gear and get a firm grip on the top of the hill steering wheel e Attach a flag to the vehicle to make you more e Get a smooth start up the hill and try to visible to approaching traffic on trails or hills maintain your speed Do not use more power than you need because you do not want your wheels to start spinning or sliding e Try to drive straight up the hill if at all possible If the path twists and turns you might want to find another route 297 e Sound the horn as you approach the top of the hill to let opposing traffic know you are there e Use your headlamps even during the day They make you more visible to oncoming traffic A CAUTION Driving to the top crest of a hill at full speed can cause an accident There could be a drop off embankment cliff or even another vehicle You could be seriously injured or killed As you near the top of a hill slow down and stay alert 298 Q What should I do if my vehicle stalls or is A about to stall and cannot make it up the hill If this happens there are some things you should do and there are some things you must not do First here is what you should do Push the brake pedal to stop the vehicle and keep it from rolling backwards Also apply the parking brake If your engine is still running shift the transmission to REVERSE R release the parking brake and slowly back down the hill in REVERSE R
57. attached Is there enough fuel Is the spare tire fully inflated Are the fluid levels up where they should be What are the local laws that apply to off roading where you will be driving If you do not know you should check with law enforcement people in the area Will you be on someone s private land If so be sure to get the necessary permission 291 Loading Your Vehicle for Off Road Driving A CAUTION e Cargo on the load floor piled higher than the seatbacks can be thrown forward during a sudden stop You or your passengers could be injured Keep cargo below the top of the seatbacks Unsecured cargo on the load floor can be tossed about when driving over rough terrain You or your passengers can be struck by flying objects Secure the cargo properly Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle s center of gravity making it more likely to roll over You can be seriously or fatally injured if the vehicle rolls over Put heavy loads inside the cargo area not on the roof Keep cargo in the cargo area as far forward and low as possible 292 There are some important things to remember about how to load your vehicle e The heaviest things should be on the load floor and forward of your rear axle Put heavier items as far forward as you can e Be sure the load is secured properly so driving on the off road terrain does not toss things around You will find other important information in this manual See Loa
58. belt The belt cannot properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only One person at a time 44 Q A What if a child is wearing a lap shoulder belt but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child s face or neck If the child is sitting in a seat next to a window move the child toward the center of the vehicle Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides on page 39 If the child is sitting in the center rear seat passenger position move the child toward the safety belt buckle In either case be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child s shoulder so that in a crash the child s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child If the child wears the belt in this way in a crash the child might slide under the belt The belt s force would then be applied right on the child s abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries Wherever the child sits the lap portion of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the child s thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash 45 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children
59. bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 424 for more information 421 Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel Tire Chains A CAUTION If your vehicle has P255 50R20 size tires do not use tire chains They can damage your vehicle because there is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle CAUTION Continued 422 CAUTION Continued without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin the vehicle s wheels
60. by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your GM dealer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehi
61. came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments Lower Anchors Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments B 55 Top Tether Anchor A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash 56 Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the to
62. condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 480 and Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 482 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine GM parts Scheduled Maintenance When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your GM Goodwrench dealer has GM trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 363 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services a
63. control and have a serious accident When driving downhill avoid turns that take you across the incline of the hill A hill that is not too steep to drive down may be too steep to drive across You could roll over if you do not drive straight down Never go downhill with the transmission in NEUTRAL N This is called free wheeling The brakes will have to do all the work and could overheat and fade Q Am likely to stall when going downhill A It is much more likely to happen going uphill But if it happens going downhill here is what to do Stop your vehicle by applying the regular brakes Apply the parking brake Shift to PARK P and while still braking restart the engine Shift back to a low gear release the parking brake and drive straight down If the engine will not start get out and get help Driving Across an Incline Sooner or later an off road trail will probably go across the incline of a hill If this happens you have to decide whether to try to drive across the incline Here are some things to consider e Ahill that can be driven straight up or down may be too steep to drive across When you go straight up or down a hill the length of the wheel base the distance from the front wheels to the rear wheels reduces the likelinood the vehicle will tumble end over end But when you drive across an incline the much more narrow track width the distance between the
64. customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Cadillac refer to the addresses below United States Customer Assistance Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Car Division P O Box 33169 Detroit MI 48232 5169 www Cadillac com 1 800 458 8006 1 800 833 2622 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 882 1112 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 1 888 446 2000 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 882 1112 491 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 492 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up
65. driver s and passenger s doors near the door handle _ Heated Seatback Press this button to turn on the heated seatback The light on the button will come on to indicate that the feature is working Press the button to cycle through the temperature settings of high medium and low and to turn the heat to the seatback off Indicator lights next to the button show the level of heat selected three for high two for medium and one for low Heated Seat and Seatback Press this button to turn on the heated seat and seatback The light on the button will come on to indicate that the feature is working Press the button to cycle through the temperature settings of high medium and low and to turn the heat to the seat off Indicator lights next to the button will show the level of heat selected three for high two for medium and one for low The heated seats will be canceled ten seconds after the ignition is turned off If you want to use the heated seat feature after you restart your vehicle you will need to press the appropriate heated seat or seatback button again 11 Memory Seat and Mirrors If your vehicle has the memory feature you can program and recall memory settings for the driver s seating and outside rearview mirror driving positions for up to two drivers If your vehicle has the adjustable throttle and brake pedal feature you can also program and recall memory settings for the throttle and bra
66. driver and front passenger s safety belt buckle assemblies contain the safety belt pretensioners Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a collision or if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 201 Section 2 Features and Controls Keys efi die ech teccedaceee aeantcagetaeavnnmaseemeacareetas 93 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 94 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeees 96 Doors and LOCKS ee 100 Door LOCKS ecan aaa ae aea 100 Central Door Unlocking System 101 Power Door LOCKS 02 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 101 Delayed LOCKING ecccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 102 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 102 Rear Door Security LOCKS ecce 103 Lockout Protection cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeees 104 Power Liftgate 0 00 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeneeees 104 WINdOWS ccc cccceecdcacecednattenescusieeescdeaeeeecsentenes 108 Power WINdOWS 0c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 109 SUM VISIS Sa icevhocsnevncedertigerticdeanatieveemetess 112 Theft Deterrent Systems ee 112 Theft Deterrent System eeeeeeeeeee 112 PASS Key WS szcsencicceeasiiachetesecczeseseluacesels 114 PASS Key Ill Operation ccccccceeees 114 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 116 New Vehicle Break I
67. extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 480 for more information 369 Checking Coolant The coolant surge tank and pressure cap are located on the driver s side of the vehicle toward the rear of the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for more information on location 370 A CAUTION Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at the FULL COLD FROID line on the side of the surge tank Follow the arrow from the top of the tank down the side to the horizontal mark Adding Coolant Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the surge tank but only when the engine is cool Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured A CAUTION The coolant surge tank pressure cap must be fully installed on the coolant surge tank See Engine Compart
68. for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 202 81 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver s airbags are not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passengers seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 82 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal
69. front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle When your vehicle has a flat tire use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks FS a The following information will tell you next how to use the jack and change a tire 425 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you will need is located in the rear of the vehicle To access the equipment do the following 1 Remove the storage bin to access the jack if your vehicle has the cargo management system If your vehicle has the third row seat remove the head rest storage tray to access the jack 426 Turn the wing nut A holding the jack B and storage tray if applicable counterclockwise and remove it Remove the jack and wheel wrench C Removing the Spare Tire The compact spare tire is located under the vehicle ahead of the rear bumper See Compact Spare Tire on page 442 for more information about the compact spare To remove the spare tire from the vehicle do the following A Wheel Wrench B Cable C Retainer D Compact Spare Tire Open the liftgate See Power Liftgate on page 104 for more information Open the storage compartment door of the cargo management system that is nearest the liftgate and remove the container Attach the wheel wrench A into the hoist
70. history and maintenance schedule e Find GM dealers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members Refer to www MyGMLink com on the web for updated information and to register your vehicle 490 My GM Canada Canada only My GM Canada is a password protected section of gmcanada com where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM Dealers or Retailers My Driveway Receive service reminders and helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle My Preferences Manage your profile subscribe to E News and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up to My GM Canada visit the My GM Canada section within www gmcanada com Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Cadillac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user can communicate with Cadillac by dialing 1 800 833 CMCC 2622 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Cadillac encourages
71. if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire 5 Raise the jack by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until the slots in the jack head fit into the metal flange located behind the triangle on the plastic molding as shown 4 Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the jack lift head until the jack just fits under the vehicle Notice Using a jack to raise the vehicle without positioning it correctly could damage your vehicle When raising your vehicle on a jack be sure to position it correctly under the frame and avoid contact with the plastic molding 431 6 Put the compact spare tire near you 8 Remove all the wheel nuts and take off the flat tire 9 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel 7 Raise the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground for the compact spare tire to fit under the vehicle 432 A CAUTION Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts A CAUTION Rust or dirt on the wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make the wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an If you do the nuts might come loose Your wheel could fall off causing a serious accident accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from the places f where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In 10 Install the
72. in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless you are ina place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that 142 is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times OnStar service that involves location information about your vehicle cannot work unless GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available in that place as well Your vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service to you at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of your vehicle in an accident hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility You may need to increase the volume of your radio to hear the OnStar advisor If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red this means that your system is not functioning properly and should be checked by a dealer If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired You can always press the OnStar button to confirm that your OnStar equipment is active Universal Home Remote System Universal Home Rem
73. inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or a confined space To fold push the mirror toward the vehicle To return the mirror to its original position push outward Be sure to return both mirrors to their original unfolded position before driving The preferred position can be stored in memory if the vehicle has the memory option See Memory Seat and Mirrors on page 12 for more information 138 When the rear window defogger is turned on both outside rearview mirrors are heated to help clear them of ice snow and condensation See Rear Window Defogger under Dual Climate Control System on page 189 for more information Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror The drivers outside mirror may have an automatic dimming feature that helps to reduce glare from other vehicles headlamps This feature is controlled by the on and off settings on the automatic dimming rearview mirror See Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar on page 134 Outside Curb View Assist Mirror If the vehicle has memory seat and mirrors the drivers or passenger s mirror can tilt to a preselected position when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R Use this feature to view the curb when parallel parking When the vehicle is shifted out of REVERSE R and after a five second delay both mirrors return to their original position The driver can select either mirror or both mirrors to be activated with this feature D
74. is activated again or closed manually Manual Liftgate Operation With the doors unlocked the power liftgate can always be manually opened and closed To open the liftgate pull up on the handle on the outside of the liftgate To close the liftgate use the pull cup to lower the liftgate and close The liftgate latch will power cinch to closed position Do not force the liftgate during a power cycle Always close the liftgate before driving A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the liftgate open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You can not see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the liftgate open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the liftgate e Make sure all other windows are shut e Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Dual Climate Control System on page 189 If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 132 107 Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a veh
75. k2 g a Oe D 9 xal 09 OL aty713N Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat If your vehicle has a compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 442 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 423 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 407 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size me
76. longer to stop A CAUTION Driving through rushing water can be dangerous Deep water can sweep your vehicle downstream and you and your passengers could drown If it is only shallow water it can still wash away the ground from under your tires and you could lose traction and roll the vehicle over Do not drive through rushing water See Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads on page 308 for more information on driving through water 305 After Off Road Driving Remove any brush or debris that has collected on the underbody chassis or under the hood These accumulations can be a fire hazard After operation in mud or sand have the brake linings cleaned and checked These substances can cause glazing and uneven braking Check the body structure steering suspension wheels tires and exhaust system for damage Also check the fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage Your vehicle will require more frequent service due to off road use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for additional information 306 Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Here are some tips on night driving e Drive defensively e Do not drink and drive e Adjust the inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlamps behind you e Since you cannot see as well you may need to
77. may have manual seats To adjust the seat lift the bar under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat to where you want it and release the bar Try to move the seat back and forth with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place Power Seats If the vehicle has power seats the controls used to operate them are located on the outboard side of the seats e Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the horizontal control forward or rearward e Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the horizontal control up or down e Raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion by moving the rear of the horizontal control up or down e Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire horizontal control up or down The vertical control is used for reclining your seatback See Power Reclining Seatbacks under Reclining Seatbacks on page 14 for more information Power Lumbar Your vehicle may have this feature The driver s and passenger s seatback lumbar support can be adjusted by moving the control located on the outboard side of the seat cushions To increase or decrease support hold the control forward or rearward Keep in mind that as your seating position changes as it may during long trips so should the position of your lumbar support Adjust the seat as needed Heated Seats Your vehicle may have heated front seats The controls are located on the
78. not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 447 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 208 The TIGHTEN GAS CAP message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC display if the fuel cap is not reinstalled properly See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 208 353 Filling a Portable Fuel Container A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the gasol
79. of seats The ignition must be o turned to ON or ACCESSORY or the Retained Sunroof Ultra View Accessory Power RAP must be active to operate it See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 118 A CAUTION The sunroof sunshade switches are located in People who are in a crash and not the headliner between wearing a safety belt properly can suffer the driver and front much worse injuries They can hit things passenger inside the vehicle or be ejected from it and be seriously injured or killed This is true for any vehicle occupant in any motor vehicle In a rollover or other crash the Ultra View roof can be damaged or destroyed People who are unbelted would be at risk of being ejected from the One switch operates the sunroof and the other vehicle Always fasten your safety belt switch operates the sunshade and check that your passengers belts are fastened properly too 156 Press the back of the sunroof switch to open the sunroof When the switch is pressed to the first stop the sunroof will open to a desired position Press the switch to the second stop to express open the sunroof to a preset comfort position Press the second stop again to fully express open the sunroof Press the front of the switch to close the sunroof The first stop will close the sunroof at a desired position at normal speed and the second stop will express close the roof Press the back of the sunshade switch to open t
80. of your liftgate during your last drive cycle the light may also flash red The light will continue to flash whenever in REVERSE R until your vehicle is driven forward at least 15 mph 25 km h without any obstructions behind the vehicle For cleaning instructions see Washing Your Vehicle on page 447 186 Accessory Power Outlet s The accessory power outlets can be used to plug in electrical equipment such as a cellular telephone CB radio etc The vehicle has one outlet in front of the center console on the instrument panel and one in the rear compartment Your vehicle may have one or two outlets in the rear of the center console There is a small cap that must be removed to access the accessory power outlet When not using the outlet be sure to cover it with the protective cap Notice Leaving electrical equipment plugged in for an extended period of time while the vehicle is off will drain the battery Power is always supplied to the outlets Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 20 ampere rating Certain accessory power plugs may not be compatible to the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer for additional information on the accessory power outlets Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as th
81. open position Cargo could fall out of the vehicle Always make sure the power liftgate is closed and latched before you drive away If you power open the liftgate and the liftgate support struts have lost pressure the lights will flash and a chime will sound The liftgate will hold open temporarily then slowly close See your dealer for service before using the liftgate Obstacle Detection Features If the liftgate encounters an obstacle during a power open or close cycle a warning chime will sound and the liftgate will automatically reverse direction to the fully closed or open position After removing the obstruction the liftgate may be power opened or closed normally 106 If the liftgate encounters multiple obstacles on the same power cycle the power function will deactivate and the liftgate will switch to manual operation The REAR ACCESS OPEN warning message in the Driver Information Center DIC will indicate that the liftgate is open After removing the obstructions manually open the liftgate to the fully open position or close the liftgate to the fully closed and latched position The liftgate will now resume normal power operation Your vehicle has an obstacle detection sensor located on the rear edge of the rear quarter panel windows If an object is caught between the liftgate and the window and presses against this sensor the liftgate will reverse direction and open fully The liftgate will remain open until it
82. page 220 for more information If the headlamps are on when you wash the windshield the headlamp washer will turn on if your vehicle has them Both the windshield and the headlamps will be washed See Headlamp Washer on page 173 171 Rear Window Wiper Washer A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision The switch for the rear washer wiper is located in the overhead console 172 Rear Wiper Press this side of the button to turn the rear wiper on rai C Washer Fluid Press this button to wash and wipe the window The rear window washer uses the same fluid bottle as the windshield washer However the rear window washer will run out of fluid before the windshield washer If you can wash your windshield but not your rear windows check the fluid level J Delay Press this side of the button to turn on delayed wiping To turn either the delay or rear wiper setting off press the opposite side of the button to turn it to the off position Pressing the button all the way down on either side will activate a wiper setting Headlamp Washer Your vehicle may have headlamp washers The headlamp washers clear debris from the headlamp lenses The headlamp washers are located to the inside of the headlamps To wash the headlamps press the washer button locate
83. page 356 for more information on the location of the battery Your vehicle has a remote negative ground location as shown in the illustration It is located between the battery and the underhood fuse block You should always use this remote ground location instead of the terminal on the battery Notice f you connect a negative cable to the ECM ECM mounting bracket or any cables that attach to the ECM bracket you may damage the ECM Always attach the negative cable to your vehicle s remote negative ground location instead of the ECM ECM bracket or any cables attached to the ECM bracket A CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you do not explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place
84. player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer when reporting the problem Using the Auxiliary Input Jack Your radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack You can however connect an external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer or cassette tape player etc to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in PARK P See Defensive Driving on page 274 for more information on driver distraction 256 To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio CD AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the vehicle speakers cb Power Volume Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player You might need to do additional volume adjustments from the portable device if the volume is not loud or soft enough BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a portable audio device
85. problem is safety related If itis please call your dealership let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Participating dealers can provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service to a destination up to 10 miles 16 km from the dealership Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires warranty repairs reimbursement of public transportation expenses may be available for up to a maximum of five days In addition should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available up to a five day maximum Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for a warr
86. recommends that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT General Motors recommends against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on If this occurs return to your dealer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you w
87. restraint and before a small occupant including a small adult sits in the right front passenger s seat You may want to consider not using seat covers or other aftermarket equipment 86 See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 88 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle You do not want the system to inflate while someone is working on your vehicle Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 505 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so The airbag system does not need regular maintenance 87
88. road the drone of the engine and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy Do not let it happen to you If it does your vehicle can leave the road in less than a second and you could crash and be injured 314 What can you do about highway hypnosis First be aware that it can happen Then here are some tips Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated with a comfortably cool interior Keep your eyes moving Scan the road ahead and to the sides Check your vehicle s mirrors and instruments frequently If you get sleepy pull off the road into a rest service or parking area and take a nap get some exercise or both For safety treat drowsiness on the highway as an emergency Hill and Mountain Roads If you drive regularly in steep country or if you are planning to visit there here are some tips that can make your trips safer and more enjoyable See Off Road Driving on page 291 for information about driving off road e Keep your vehicle in good shape Check all fluid levels and also the brakes tires cooling system and transmission These parts can work hard on mountain roads A CAUTION If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope Driving on steep hills or mountains is different fro
89. s body A shelf or armrest type shield has straps that are attached to a wide shelf like shield that swings up or to the side A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Make sure the child is properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint Because there are different systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint A child can be endangered in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat 53 Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenge
90. safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed ina crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described in Rear Seat Passengers on page 36 Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guide Slide the guide back on its storage clip located on the seatback 41 Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for the driver and right front passenger Although you cannot see them they are part of the safety belt assembly They help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met And if your vehicle has side impact rollover airbags safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash or a rollover event Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 90 42 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it
91. same level of performance as winter tires on snow or ice covered roads Winter tires in general are designed for increased traction on snow and ice covered roads With winter tires there may be decreased dry road traction increased road noise and shorter tread life After switching to winter tires be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking See your dealer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection Also see Buying New Tires on page 416 If you choose to use winter tires e Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions e Use only radial ply tires of the same size load range and speed rating as the original equipment tires Winter tires with the same speed rating as your original equipment tires may not be available for H V W Y and ZR speed rated tires If you choose winter tires with a lower speed rating never exceed the tire s maximum speed capability Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The examples below show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall ere 4109 MS K lt 2si60R 16 9 gt s DOT MALIAR 988 O we rp o amp ar wW 2 oc AT x A a KPA R9 A amp P Passenger P Metric Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio co
92. service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 505 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 87 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record on page 484 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This may cause wind noise and affect windshield washer performance Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle To help keep your engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance GM recommends the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline The 8th digit of your Vehicle Identification Number VIN shows the code letter or number that identifies your engine You will find the VIN at the top left of the instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number VIN on page 453 Gasoline Octane If your vehicle has the 3 6L V6 engine VIN Code 7 use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher For best performance or trailer towing you may choose to use middle grade 89 octane unleaded gasoline If the octane rating is less than 87 you may notice an audible
93. should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services Service and Miles Kilometers 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 40 000 80 000 120 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 365 For vehicles used for trailer towing Change transfer case fluid Change automatic transmission fluid and filter severe service See footnote h Change automatic er a fluid and filter normal service Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service 473 Additional Required Services cont d 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40 000 80000 120 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote I If using DOT 4 brake fluid change brake fluid at a regular maintenance service every two years See footnote m Maintenance Footnotes Lubricate the front suspension steering linkage transmission shift linkage and parking brake cable guides Control arm ball joints require lubricat
94. shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 398 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 407 There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification Tire label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle See Certification Tire Label later in this section 323 Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver st aa that will be naing in yout vehicle Consult this manual to determine how f this reduces the available cargo and luggage 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver load capacity of your vehicle and Paseengers Mom XXX Kor AAA Ibs If your vehicle can tow a trailer see Towi
95. side slipping However a much better way to prevent this is to get out and walk the course so you know what the surface is like before you drive it Stalling on an Incline A CAUTION incline be sure you and any passengers get out If your vehicle stalls when you are crossing an on the uphill side even if the door there is Getting out on the downhill low side of a harder to open If you get out on the downhill side vehicle stopped across an incline is and the vehicle starts to roll over you will be right in its path dangerous If the vehicle rolls over you could be crushed or killed Always get out If you have to walk down the slope stay out of the on the uphill high side of the vehicle and path the vehicle will take if it does roll over stay well clear of the rollover path 303 Driving in Mud Sand Snow or Ice When you drive in mud snow or sand the wheels will not get good traction You cannot accelerate as quickly turning is more difficult and you will need longer braking distances It is best to use a low gear when you are in mud the deeper the mud the lower the gear In really deep mud the idea is to keep your vehicle moving so you do not get stuck When you drive on sand you will sense a change in wheel traction But it will depend upon how loosely packed the sand is On loosely packed sand such as on beaches or sand dunes the tires will tend to sink into the sand
96. some radios where dual control is allowed For example rear seat passengers can control a CD and listen to it through the headphones while the driver listens to the radio through the front speakers The rear seat passengers have control of the volume for each set of headphones You can operate the Rear Seat Audio RSA functions even when the main radio is off Audio can be heard through wired headphones not included plugged into the jacks on the RSA If your vehicle has this feature audio can also be heard on Channel 2 of the wireless headphones Depending on the audio system the rear speakers can continue to play even when the RSA audio is active through the headphones 4 Power Press this button to turn the RSA on or off Volume Turn this knob to increase or to decrease the volume of the wired headphones The left knob controls the left headphones and the right knob controls the right headphones SRCE Source Press this button to switch between the radio AM FM XM if equipped CD and if your vehicle has these features DVD front auxiliary and rear auxiliary K l Seek When listening to FM AM or XM if equipped press the seek up or the seek down arrow to go to the next or the previous station or channels and stay there This function is inactive with some radios if the front seat passengers are listening to the radio Press and hold the seek up or seek down arrow until
97. spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this GM will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 451 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Cage Polishing Cloth Interior and exterior Wax Treated polishing cloth Tar and Road Removes tar road oil Oil Remover and asphalt Chrome Cleaner Use on chrome or and Polish stainless steel White Sidewall Removes soil and black Tire Cleaner marks from whitewalls Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl Removes dirt grime Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints Removes dirt and grime Vienne from chrome wheels and wire wheel covers Removes dust fingerprints and surface contaminants Spray on and wipe off Finish Enhancer 452 Description Usage Removes
98. systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH system parts After a very minor collision nothing may be necessary But if the belts were stretched as they would be if worn during a more severe crash then you need new parts If the LATCH system was being used during a more severe crash you may need new LATCH system parts 90 If belts are cut or damaged replace them Collision damage also may mean you will need to have LATCH system safety belt or seat parts repaired or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system was not being used at the time of the collision If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section If the frontal or side impact airbags inflate you will also need to replace the drivers and right front passengers safety belt buckle assembly Be sure to do so Then the new buckle assembly will be there to help protect you in a collision After a crash you may need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt buckle assemblies even if the airbags have not deployed The
99. the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down Your vehicle has a dual stage driver airbag which adjusts the restraint according to crash severity using electronic frontal sensor s which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact The dual stage driver airbag inflates to a level less than full deployment for moderate frontal impacts and to a full deployment for more severe frontal impacts Your vehicle has a dual depth passenger airbag that adjusts the restraint according to crash severity and seat location using electronic frontal sensor s and other special sensors which enable the sensing system to monitor the status of the position of the front passenger seat The passenger airbag inflates to a reduced depth when the passenger seat is in a forward position For more rearward front seating positions the passenger airbag may inflate to an increased depth a full deployment based on the crash severity measured early in the event Always wear your safety belt even with frontal airbags If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that does not move or deform the threshold level for the reduced deployment is about 12 to 16 mph 19 to 26 km h
100. the child restraint on the seat 67 3 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 4 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if needed 68 5 To tighten the belt pull up on the shoulder belt while you push down on the child restraint You may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 6 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 7 If the airbag is off the off indicator in the instrument panel will be lit and stay lit when the key is turned to ON or START If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint
101. the display flashes to tune to an individual station The display stops flashing after the buttons have not been pushed for more than two seconds This function is inactive with some radios if the front seat passengers are listening to the radio While listening to a CD press the seek up arrow to hear the next track on the CD Press the seek down arrow to go back to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played This function is inactive with some radios if the front seat passengers are listening to the radio 267 When a DVD video menu is being displayed press the seek up arrow or seek down arrow to perform a cursor up or down on the menu Hold the seek up arrow or seek down arrow to perform a cursor right or left on the menu PROG Program Press this button to go to the next preset radio station or channel set on the main radio This function is inactive with some radios if the front seat passengers are listening to the radio When a CD or DVD audio is playing press this button to go to the beginning of the CD or DVD audio This function is inactive with some radios if the front seat passengers are listening to the CD or DVD audio When a disc is playing in the CD or DVD changer press this button to select the next disc if multiple discs are loaded This function is inactive with some radios if the front seat passengers are listening to the disc When a DVD video menu is being displa
102. the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then pull the hood down and close it firmly 355 Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 3 6L V6 engine you will see the following 356 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 455 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 380 Battery See Battery on page 385 Passenger Compartment Air Filter See Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 195 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 379 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 360 G Engine Oil Dipstick Out of View See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 360 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 381 Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap on page 371 and Cooling System on page 374 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 365 357 When you open the hood on the 4 6L V8 engine you will see the following 358 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 455 Battery See Battery on page 385 Passenger Compartment Air Filter See Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 195 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoi
103. the instrument panel something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield 25 or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense 26 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A Will be trapped in the vehicle after an accident if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down And your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted If my vehicle has airbags why should have to wear safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Every airbag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts Even if you are in a vehicle that has airbags you still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If I am a good driver and I never drive far from home why should I wear safety belts A You may be an excellent driver but if you are in an accident even one that is not your fault you and your passengers can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things b
104. the steering wheel hub for the driver s airbag the instrument panel for the right front passenger s bag the side of the seatback closest to the door for the seat mounted side impact airbags and the area along the ceiling of your vehicle near the side windows for roof mounted side impact airbags may be hot for a short time The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle 80 A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using th
105. to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 GM of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Service In the United States or Canada call 1 800 882 1112 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year Who Is Covered Roadside Assistance coverage is for the vehicle operator regardless of ownership A person driving this vehicle without the consent of the owner is not eligible for coverage The following services are provided in the United States during the Bumper to Bumper warranty period and in Canada during the Base Warranty coverage period of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty up to a maximum coverage of 100 These services are provided at a nominal charge if the Cadillac is no longer covered by the warranties listed previously Roadside Service is available only in the United States and Canada Cadillac Owner Privileges Roadside Service provides several Cadillac Owner Privileges at no charge throughout your Cadillac Warranty Period
106. to scroll through the following settings OFF The exterior lights will not turn on when you unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter ON default If it is dark enough outside the exterior lights will turn on briefly when you unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter The lights will remain on for 20 seconds or until the lock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed or the vehicle is no longer off See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 96 for more information NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it CHIME VOLUME This feature allows you to select the volume level of the chime Press the customization button until CHIME VOLUME appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings NORMAL default The chime volume will be set to a normal level LOUD The chime volume will be set to a loud level NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it PARK TILT MIRRORS If your vehicle has this feature it allows you to select whether or not the outside mirror s will automat
107. tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 271 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD witha marking pen Notice Ifa label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD ata time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section 251 amp Eject Press the CD eject button to eject the CD If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player dd Tune Turn this knob to select tracks on the CD currently playing K SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next track If either SEEK arrow is held or pre
108. unplug the cellular phone and turn it off Care of Your CDs Handle CDs carefully Store them in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly or not at all If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Care of the CD Player Do not use CD lens cleaners for CD players because the lens of the CD optics can become contaminated by lubricants 271 Diversity Antenna System The AM FM antenna is integrated within the rear quarter windows Make sure the inside surface of the rear quarter windows are not scratched and the grid lines on the glass are not damaged If the inside surface is damaged it could interfere with radio reception Notice Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception Any damage caused to your antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered
109. valve stem pointing down To store the spare tire and tools do the following 1 Lay the compact spare tire on the ground at the rear of the vehicle Position the compact spare tire so that the valve stem is pointed down facing the rear of the vehicle Lower the cable to the ground See Removing the Spare Tire and Tools on page 426 Tilt the retainer downward and slip it through the center hole of the spare tire Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel Attach the wheel wrench to the hoist shaft Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to lift the spare tire When the tire is almost in the stored position turn the tire so that the valve stem is towards the rear of the vehicle This will help when you check and maintain tire pressure in the spare Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle Continue turning the wheel wrench until you feel more than two clicks This indicates that the compact spare tire is secure and the cable is tight The spare tire hoist cannot be overtightened 441 8 Make sure the tire is stored securely Push pull A and then try to turn the tire B If the tire moves use the wheel wrench to tighten the cable Put back all tools as they were stored in the rear storage compartment and put the compartment cover back on 442 Compact Spare Tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when the vehic
110. vehicle e Do not overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly Even though the brake lamps are not flashing it may be slowing down or starting to turn e If you are being passed make it easy for the following driver to get ahead of you Perhaps you can ease a little to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid your wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal 289 Remember Any traction control system helps avoid only the acceleration skid If your traction control system is off then an acceleration skid is also best
111. vehicle serviced by your dealer 228 STABILITRAK NOT READY This message may display and the Traction Control System and StabiliTrak Warning Light on the instrument panel cluster may be on after first driving the vehicle and exceeding 19 mph 30 km h for 30 seconds The StabiliTrak system is not functional until the light has turned off See StabiliTrak System on page 283 for more information STABILITRAK OFF This message displays when you turn off StabiliTrak or when the stability control has been automatically disabled To limit wheel spin and realize the full benefits of the stability enhancement system you should normally leave StabiliTrak on However you should turn StabiliTrak off if your vehicle gets stuck in sand mud ice or snow and you want to rock your vehicle to attempt to free it or if you are driving in extreme off road conditions and require more wheel spin See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 321 To turn the StabiliTrak system on or off see StabiliTrak System on page 283 There are several conditions that can cause this message to appear e One condition is overheating which could occur if StabiliTrak activates continuously for an extended period of time e The message also displays if the brake system warning light is on See Brake System Warning Light on page 204 e The message could display if the stability system takes longer than usual to compl
112. with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly With the proper preparation and equipment many vehicles can be towed in these ways See Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing following Here are some important things to consider before you do recreational vehicle towing e What s the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure you read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations e How far will you tow Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow e Do you have the proper towing equipment See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations e Is your vehicle ready to be towed Just as you would prepare your vehicle for a long trip you ll want to make sure your vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 313 Dinghy Towing Notice lf you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground the drivetrain components could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground Your vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground If your vehicle must be towed see Dolly Towing following for more information Dolly Towing Notice Towing an all wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or even with only two of its wheels on the ground will damage drivetrain com
113. your dealer or a qualified technician service them 396 Your vehicle has HID headlamps After your vehicle s HID headlamp bulb has been replaced you may notice that the beam is a slightly different shade than it was originally This is normal Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 471 for more information I s a good idea to clean or replace the wiper blade assembly on a regular basis or when worn For proper windshield wiper blade length and type see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 482 To replace the wiper blade assembly do the following 1 Turn the ignition to ON with the engine off 2 Turn on the windshield wipers and turn them off again when the wipers are in the out wipe position The driver s side blade will be straight up and down on the windshield 3 Pull the windshield wiper assembly away from the windshield 4 Lift the wiper blade assembly up so itis ina T shaped position You should be able to see a tab 5 Squeeze the tab together and pull the wiper blade assembly down far enough to release it from the J hooked end of the wiper arm Slide the assembly away from th
114. 0 Magnetic Ride Control s es 283 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services 473 At Each Fuel Fill ic ccivcsceccesscesesecscteccctserdeane 476 At Least Once a Month oeer 477 At Least Once a Year eccerre 477 MATFOCUCH ON erroi erson aaas 468 Maintenance Footnotes cseceeeeeeeees 474 Maintenance Record ccscccecseeeeeeeeeees 484 Maintenance Requirements 000 468 Normal Maintenance Replacement e A EE TE TE NE E TAE e E EEE 482 Owner Checks and Services 006 476 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 480 Scheduled Maintenance ccc 0ceee 471 USINO caasas aa 469 Your Vehicle and the Environment 468 Malfunction Indicator Light eee 208 Manual Seats cc ccc cccceeceeeeeee see eseeeeeseeeaeeee 9 Memory Seat and Mirrors s es 12 Message DIC Warnings and Messages 065 220 515 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview with MONSTER veduacissundersendsdtacnnadarceaiiutans 134 Automatic Dimming Rearview with OnStar and Compass 0 000 134 Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror 138 Outside Convex Mirror ecce 139 Outside Curb View Assist Mirror 138 Outside Power Heated Mirrors 137 MPS canseccccdeantente caavneiecuansltavedhiuundeachatoesasia asoes 257 MYyGMLink Com ienasi ssanie 490 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual ceee 266 New Vehicle Break In
115. 0 mile 50 km radius of a participating Cadillac dealership If beyond this radius we will arrange to have your car towed to the nearest Cadillac dealership Each technician travels with a specially equipped service vehicle complete with the necessary Cadillac parts and tools required to handle most roadside repairs Calling for Assistance For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Service Representative e A description of the problem e Name home address home telephone number e Location of your Cadillac and number you are calling from e The model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN odometer reading and date of delivery While we hope you never have the occasion to use our service it is added security while traveling for you and your family Remember we are only a phone call away In the United States or Canada customers call Roadside Service 1 800 882 1112 Any customer who has access to a TTY ora conventional teletypewriter can communicate with Cadillac by dialing from the United States or Canada 1 888 889 2438 daily 24 hours 495 Cadillac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in their sole discretion the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence Roadside Service is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warran
116. 1 Remove the battery cover of the hand held transmitter 146 Switch Number 1 2 3 41 56 7 8 Switch Position On On Off On Off On Off Off Example of Switch Settings 2 Write down the eight to 12 coding switch settings from left to right When the switch is in the up position write on and when a switch is in the down position write off If a switch is set between the up and down position write middle 3 Enter these positions into the Universal Home Remote System as follows Press and release all three buttons at the same time to put the device into programming mode 6 Press and hold the button you would like to orth ora a A use to control the garage door until the Switch Position On On of On of on of on garage door moves The indicator light above Your UHR Button Left Left Right Left Right Left Right Right the selected button should slowly blink You may need to hold the button from five to 55 seconds 7 Immediately release the button when the garage door moves The indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete 8 Press and release the button again The oe garage door should move confirming that ONGI Os CFEC programming is successful and complete To program another device such as an additional 4 The indicator light will blink slowly In order garage door opener
117. 1 1 2 ounces 45 ml of liquors like whiskey gin or vodka 276 It is the amount of alcohol that counts For example if the same person drank three double martinis 3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each within an hour the person s BAC would be close to 0 12 percent A person who consumes food just before or during drinking will have a somewhat lower BAC level There is a gender difference too Women generally have a lower relative percentage of body water than men Since alcohol is carried in body water this means that a woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a man of her same body weight will when each has the same number of drinks The law in most U S states and throughout Canada sets the legal limit at 0 08 percent In some other countries the limit is even lower For example it is 0 05 percent in both France and Germany The BAC limit for all commercial drivers in the United States is 0 04 percent The BAC will be over 0 10 percent after three to six drinks in one hour Of course as we have seen it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks and how quickly the person drinks them But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of 0 10 percent Research shows that the driving skills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0 05 percent and that the effects are worse at night All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0 05 percent Statistics show that the chance of being in a
118. 2007 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M Seats and Restraint Systems _ss si y C 7 Universal Home Remote System _ 143 Front Seats Wiecsedinrseoastiectennisslionaiitencinns 9 Storage Areas eeeereeerererererereeene 153 Rear S atS coccccccccccccccccccccncccnccuccvcuceencvenee 18 SUMOO acecchaxeudetcaws seadeanreercnacctdarieieevdens 156 Safety Belts AE ena E E ATE E A T A 22 Instrument Panel ss 161 re oe dpa subd csctbtdh aida aerated act instrument Panel Overview 00 164 ee ee es Climate Controls oo cec ec cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 189 Restraint System Check ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 89 Warning Lights Gages and Features and Controls sss 91 Indicators SecPocd san e E 197 Driver Information Center DIC ww 214 INCYS6 E E E vesnavenceansxcuseniavartesse 93 Doors and LOCKS serere 100 Audio System s u 240 WiINGOWS s 2xdsdndecsbxedd aan ee De Ea e LAENG 108 Driving Your Vehicle 273 Theft Deterrent Systems eee 112 Your Driving the Road and Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 116 Your Vehicle asserire 274 MITOS norimose a 134 TOWING sararessueniardhacaincdaendenaehdueeinadeias 328 OnStar System ccgdccssidescocsscsiveteseteivessis 139 Service and Appearance Care __ssisi i i i n Service aiviscesinccsssnceccscssceeccssetdanccasecssianat UCI E E E TE EEEE Checking Things Under the Hood _ All Wheel Drive oo cccccceeceeeeeeseeeeneee Rear AXIS aoun ense
119. 22 Changing a Flat Tire ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 424 Cleaning sstsastscctsenterccab ii cndaaesiendsistaiees sabes 450 Compact Spare Tire 0 0 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 442 Different Size icri 418 High Speed Operation esec 409 If a Tire Goes Flat sssiimisisisisianiiennsis 423 Inflation Tire Pressure ccce 407 Inspection and Rotation s 414 Installing the Spare Tire ceceeeeeeeeees 429 Pressure Monitor System cceeeeeeeeees 410 Removing the Flat Tire 2 429 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 426 Secondary Latch System s es 436 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 439 Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 cceeeeeeeeee 401 Tires cont Tire Terminology and Definitions 404 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 419 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 420 Wheel Replacement eeeeeseeeeeees 421 When It Is Time for New Tires 5 416 Winter TireS 2 0 0 cceceeeeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenen 400 Tow Haul Mode cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 126 Tow Haul Mode Light a i 213 Towing Recreational Vehicle eecseeeeeeeeeees 328 TOWING a Trailer secsiseseeciiioninsnsiiss 331 Your Vehicle seccina 328 Traction Control System TCS o e 281 Control System Warning Light 206 Limited Slip Rear Axle ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 283 Magnetic Ride Control a e 283 StabiliTrak System giceensuaccsieieeen
120. 47 Windshield and Wiper Blades 449 Wood Panels scsvisieccsvsiece cs sesnsaveiiecvencde 447 Ashtray S ccceccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeneeeeeeeeeeeeees 187 Audio System S ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 240 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 269 Care of Your CD Player a nns 271 Care of Your CDS 0cccceeeeeeeeeeteeteeeeeeees 271 Diversity Antenna System cceeeeeeeee 272 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual ecce 266 Radio with CD csccssciscsscccestevecenssetvarersanwees 246 Rear Seat Audio RSA eeeeeeeeeeeeees 266 Setting the Time cccceeeeeeeeeees 242 244 Theft Deterrent Feature csse 268 Understanding Radio Reception 270 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 272 Automatic Transmission FIU suieictiisdrgis Mubenlienviin E Ra 367 Oper tiOm siosioina 122 508 Bate ry sorres diena a dnlerivacnaeied 385 Electric Power Management asec 183 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 181 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 00 313 Brake Anti Lock Brake System ABS 0 279 EMGIQGMClOS ccena a aa 281 Panic ASSIST paieska iiair eni 284 ParkilG enia N 127 System Warning Light aaas 204 Brake Pedal Throttle cccccceeceeeeeee ees 120 Brak S sivecac nesevnanaecos dates meduigevvncandexteceacatees 381 Braking s iespcceverdaareteatienttaanearedeaebeenantis 278 Braking in Emergencie
121. 48 months 50 000 miles 80 000 km Emergency Road Service is performed on site for the following situations e Towing Service Emergency towing from a public roadway or highway to the nearest dealership for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling accident Winch out assistance when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow e Battery Jump Starting No start occurrences which require a battery jump start will be covered at no charge e Lock Out Assistance To ensure security the driver must present the vehicle registration and personal ID before lock out service is provided Lock out service will be covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle If your vehicle will not start Roadside Service will arrange to have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealership In the United States replacement keys made at the customer s expense will be delivered within 10 miles 493 e Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the customer to get to the nearest service station approximately 5 in the United States and 10 litres in Canada Flat Tire Change Covers change only Installation of your spare tire in good condition will be covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure Trip Interruption If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty failure incidental expenses may be reimburse
122. 7 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 for more information RELEARN TIRE POSITIONS If your vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor the system must re learn the tire positions To re learn the tire positions see Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 410 See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 414 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 for more information 219 RELEARN REMOTE KEY This display allows you to match the remote keyless entry transmitter to your vehicle To match a remote keyless entry transmitter to your vehicle do the following 1 Press the vehicle information button until PRESS v TO RELEARN REMOTE KEY displays 2 Press the set reset button The message REMOTE KEY LEARNING ACTIVE will display 3 Press and hold the lock and unlock buttons on the first transmitter at the same time for about 15 seconds A chime will sound indicating that the transmitter is matched 4 To match additional transmitters at this time repeat Step 3 Each vehicle can have a maximum of eight transmitters matched to it 5 To exit the programming mode you must cycle the key to OFF 220 SPEEDOMETER This display shows a digital speedometer in the DIC The speed will be displayed in either miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h Press the vehicle information button until the DIC shows the digital speedometer To change the unit
123. Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 55 There are no top tether anchors in the third row seating positions Do not secure a child restraint in the third row if a national or local law requires that a top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the restraint say that the top tether must be anchored If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say A CAUTION In a crash a child secured in a rear facing child restraint in the center rear seating position could be injured by the vehicle s armrest To reduce this risk the armrest should first be secured with a special armrest retention strap You can get this from your dealer If you are using a rear facing child restraint in the second row center position install the armrest 3 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button retention strap is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle 1 Put the child restraint on the seat Peale Pan ain yOu Ver nadto 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 63 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the ret
124. CWR Vehicle Weight 8 500 Ibs 3855 kg Trailer Rating You can expect tongue weight to be at least 10 percent of trailer weight 850 Ibs 886 kg and because the weight is applied well behind the rear axle the effect on the rear axle will be greater than just the weight itself as much as 1 5 times as much The weight at the rear axle could be 850 Ibs 386 kg X 1 5 1 275 Ibs 578 kg Since the rear axle already weighs 2 700 Ibs 1 225 kg adding 1 275 lbs 578 kg brings the total to 3 975 Ibs 1 803 kg 336 This is very close to but within the limit for RGAWR as well The vehicle is set to trailer up to 8 500 Ibs 3 856 kg But let s say your specific vehicle is equipped with some of the latest options and you have a front seat passenger and two rear seat passengers with some luggage and gear in the vehicle as well You may add 300 Ibs 136 kg to the front axle weight and 400 Ibs 181 kg to the rear axle weight Your vehicle now weighs 2 800 Ibs 1270kg 2 700 Ibs 1225kg 300 Ibs 136 kg Front 400 Ibs 181 kg Rear 6 200 Ibs 2812 kg Total Weight is still below 7 200 Ibs 3 266 kg and you may think that you should subtract 700 additional pounds 318 kg from your trailering capacity to stay within GCWR limits Your maximum trailer would only be 7 800 Ibs 3 538 kg You may go further and think you must limit tongue weight to less than 1 000 Ibs 454 kg to avoid exceeding GVWR But yo
125. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Secure any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed Be sure to follow the instructions of the child restraint manufacturer Notice Contact between the child restraint or the LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly may cause damage to these parts Make sure when securing unused safety belts behind the child restraint that there is no contact between the child restraint or the LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly 60 Folding an empty rear seat with the safety belts secured may cause damage to the safety belt or the seat When removing the child restraint always remember to return the safety belts to their normal stowed position before folding the rear seat 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2
126. Data System RDS The RDS feature is available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available 246 While the radio is tuned to an FM RDS station the station name or call letters display In rare cases a radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and Canada XM offers a large variety of coast to coast channels including music news sports talk traffic weather U S subscribers and children s programming XM provides digital quality audio and text information that includes song title and artist name A service fee is required in order to receive the XM service For more information contact XM In the U S at www xmradio com or call 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 or in Canada at www xmradio ca or call 1 877 GET XMSR 438 9677 Playing the Radio c Power Volume Press this knob to turn the system on and off Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume Speed Compensated Volume SCV The radio also has Speed Compensated Volume SCV While SCV is on the radio volume automatically adjusts to compensate for road and wind noise as
127. E z DANAN Ze Fr A 38h i ARSA SEN 5 LL Hea Fox yaw AAS Z y ZMK A SS VAG T One of the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of traffic on them You will want to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals al Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving e Know the best way to get to where you are going Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for a cross country trip Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities You will save time and energy See Freeway Driving on page 312 Treat a green light as a warning signal A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it When a light turns green and just before you start to move check both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light 311 Freeway Driving Mile for mile freeways also called thruways parkways expressways turnpikes or superhighways are the safest of all roads But they have their own special rules 312 The most important advice on freeway driving is Keep up with traffic and keep to the right Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are driving Too fast or too slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow Treat the left lane on a freeway as a passing lane At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads
128. Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible 423 Changing a Flat Tire A CAUTION If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do on your vehicle s hazard warning flashers maintenance or repairs is dangerous See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 166 for without the appropriate safety equipment more information and training The jack provided with your A CAUTION vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely i 1 Set the parking brake firmly 2 Put the shift lever in PARK P CAUTION Continued 424 CAUTION Continued 3 Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised 4 Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the
129. ION Continued young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide 47 Q A 48 What are the different types of add on child restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forc
130. K This feature allows you to select whether or not the door s will automatically unlock It also allows you to select which doors and when they will automatically unlock See Programmable Automatic Door Locks on page 102 for more information Press the customization button until AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF None of the doors will automatically unlock DRIVER AT KEY OUT Only the driver s door will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition DRIVER IN PARK Only the driver s door will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P ALL AT KEY OUT All of the doors will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition ALL IN PARK default All of the doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it 233 REMOTE DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when locking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter You will not receive feedback when locking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 96 for more in
131. Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 213 High Speed Operation Tires 0008 409 Highway Hypnosis eenen 314 Hill and Mountain Roads i 315 Hood Checking Things Under a e 354 FROIGASE nnega 355 513 OVID sssssiccicsines A A TA 166 How to Use This Manual ccce 4 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 27 I ignition POSItIONS ssssesriciirarsscsasinssenirakanea 117 Infants and Young Children Restraints 46 Inflation Tire Pressure ccecce 407 Instrument Panel 0V1 164 Instrument Panel I P Brigno SS aaa 181 CIUSTET ssosettesnpsaxehemesenacpeindngtuntyecatcemasaneeanes 198 J JUMP Starting orninn iada 386 K Keyless Entry System eseese 94 KOS E E A A E T 93 514 Labeling Tire Sidewall cceeeeeeeseeeeees 401 Lamps Electric Power Management 008 183 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 0 181 FOG a E E E tees andes eae eee 181 REadING oreinen iarsna 182 LATCH System Child Restraints cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 55 Level Control cisiccescctccveet cecdseaandicerae scetevevacaves 330 Liftgate Power 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 104 Light Airbag Readiness a nn 201 Anti Lock Brake System Warning 205 Brake System Warning eeeeeeeeeeeeees 204 Charging System cccceceeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 204 Cruise Control oarsom 212 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 206 FOG Lamp stivecccsesdeee
132. NDS ENGINE BATTERY MOVE SEAT e DO NOT INSTALL a COOLANT Abin GAOL FULLY a AREAR FACING a CHILD RESTRAINT FAN CAUSE REARWARD dau HAZARD SECURE IN THIS SEATING BURNS CHILD SEAT POSITION WARNING FLASHER COOLANT AVOID PULL BELT SPARKS OR OUT FLAMES COMPLETELY ai THEN SECURE y IN THIS SEATING CHILD SEAT LAMPS PRESSURE SPARK OR POSITION FLAME M ANTI LOCK COULD rower MLT DOOR LOCK ae SERVICE gt EXPLODE MANUAL BATTERY winpow __ _ UNLOCK SYSTEM e DO NOT INSTALL A FORWARD FACING DAYTIME CHILD RESTRAINT RUNNING ENGINE OL ara OWNER MANUAL Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front Seals psi ir idani Eaa 9 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 35 M nual Seats ie siecasucescasulicsanthetsecinbalaadevevedons 9 Right Front Passenger Position 0 36 Power Seats mirioni brieni 10 Rear Seat Passengers aeee 36 Power LUMDAT ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeees 10 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 39 Heated Seats s isinsusc niin 11 Safety Belt Pretensioners ccce 42 Memory Seat and Mirrors ecce 12 Safety Belt Extender 42 Reclining S atbacks ssesieee ieee 14 Child Restraints 0 0 0 0 0 ccccceeeeeeeeeeees 43 Head Restraints 17 OMG Children insttscoscetiesstsrstcansiasenitesntceitete 43 Rear Seats osiinsa aii 18 Infants and Young Children s e 46 Rear Seat Operation cccccceeeeeeeeeetees 18 Child Restraint Sys
133. NGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it FACTORY SETTINGS This feature allows you to set all of the customization features back to their factory default settings Press the customization button until FACTORY SETTINGS appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings RESTORE ALL default The customization features will be set to their factory default settings DO NOT RESTORE The customization features will not be set to their factory default settings Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it 239 Exiting the Feature Settings Menu The feature settings menu will be exited when any of the following occurs e The vehicle is shifted out of PARK P e The ignition is no longer in ON e The trip fuel or vehicle information DIC buttons are pressed e The end of the feature settings menu is reached e A 40 second time period has elapsed with no selection made 240 Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features Driving without distraction is a necessity for a safer driving experience S
134. No adjustment to the pedals can be made when the vehicle is in REVERSE R or while using the cruise control The switch used to adjust the pedals is located on the instrument panel ay Move the switch rearward to move the pedals closer to your body Move the switch forward to move the pedals away from your body Engine Coolant Heater Your vehicle may have an engine coolant heater In very cold weather 0 F 18 C or colder the engine coolant heater can help You will get easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Usually the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle At temperatures above 32 F 0 C use of the coolant heater is not required Your vehicle may also have an internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord This will prevent operation of the engine coolant heater when the temperature is at or above 0 F 18 C as noted on the cord To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord For the 3 6L V6 engines the cord is located in the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle in front of the fuse block For the 4 6L V8 engine the cord is on the front center of the vehicle above the radiator You must remove the plastic cap to access the plug 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungr
135. ON Continued e Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure e Worn old tires can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them See High Speed Operation on page 409 for inflation pressure adjustment for high speed driving 399 Low Profile Performance Tire If your vehicle has P255 50R20 size tires they are classified as low profile performance tires These tires are designed for very responsive driving on wet or dry pavement You may also notice more road noise with low profile performance tires and that they tend to wear faster Notice If your vehicle has low profile tires they are more susceptible to damage from road hazards or curb impact than standard profile tires Tire and or wheel assembly damage can occur when coming into contact with road hazards like potholes or sharp edged objects or when sliding into a curb Your GM warranty does not cover this type of damage Keep tires set to the correct inflation pressure and when possible avoid contact with curbs potholes and other road hazards Winter Tires If you expect to drive on snow or ice covered roads often you may want to get winter tires for your vehicle All season tires provide good overall performance on most surfaces but they may 400 not offer the traction you would like or the
136. Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 If you have an adjustable head restraint raise the head restraint 2 3 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using has an adjustable head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether under the head restraint and in between the head restraint posts 61 If the position you are using has an adjustable head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether under the head restraint and in between the head restraint posts 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 62 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower
137. R It operates only at very low speeds less than 3 mph 5 km h URPA can help make parking easier and help you avoid colliding with objects such as parked vehicles The URPA system can detect objects up to 5 feet 1 5 m behind the vehicle and tell you how close these objects are from your rear bumper 184 A CAUTION The Ultrasonic Rear Park Assist URPA system does not replace driver vision URPA does not e Operate above speeds of 3 mph 5 km h e Detect objects more than 5 feet 1 5 meters behind the vehicle This distance may be less during warmer or humid weather e Detect objects that are below the bumper underneath the vehicle or that are very close to the vehicle e Detect children pedestrians bicyclists or pets So if you do not use proper care before backing up you could hit a vehicle child pedestrian bicyclist or pet resulting in vehicle damage injury or death Even though the vehicle has the URPA system always check carefully before backing up by checking behind your vehicle The URPA display is located inside the vehicle above the liftgate glass It has three color coded lights that can be seen through the rearview mirror or by turning around How the System Works URPA comes on automatically when the shift lever is moved into REVERSE R and the vehicle speed is less than 3 mph 5 km h When the system turns on the three lights on the display will illuminate for one and
138. Root Directory The root directory of the CD R is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory displays as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px are always accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files The empty folder does not display No Folder When the CD R contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions do not display on a CD R that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT When the CD R contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons search playlists Px first and then goes to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT Order of Play Tracks recorded to the CD R play in the following order e Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of
139. SERVICE POWER STEERING Your vehicle may have a speed variable assist steering system See Steering on page 285 This message displays if a problem is detected with the speed variable assist steering system When this message is displayed you may notice that the effort required to steer the vehicle decreases or feels lighter but you will still be able to steer the vehicle SERVICE STABILITRAK This message displays if there has been a problem detected with the StabiliTrak system If this message comes on while you are driving pull off the road as soon as possible and stop carefully Try resetting the system by turning the ignition off then back on If this message still stays on or comes back on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service Have the StabiliTrak system inspected by your dealer as soon as possible See StabiliTrak System on page 283 for more information SERVICE SUSPENSION SYS System This message displays when the magnetic ride control or automatic leveling control system is not operating properly Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM This message displays when there is a problem with the theft deterrent system programmed in the key A fault has been detected in the system which means that the system is disabled and it is not protecting the vehicle The vehicle usually restarts however you may want to take the vehicle to your dealer before turning o
140. Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or General Motors 504 To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect you should immediately notify Transport Canada in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited You may call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this we certainly hope you will notify us Please call us at 1 800 458 8006 or write Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Car Division P O Box 33169 Detroit MI 48232 5169 In Canada please call us at 1 888 446 2000 Or write Canadian Cadillac Custo
141. Seats ccciecidn vsiireseieiant teases 10 Rear Seat Operation 0 0 00 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 18 Reclining Seatbacks ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 14 Stowable Seat cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 20 Secondary Latch System a se 436 Securing a Child Restraint Rear Seat Position e e 62 Right Front Seat Position ceeee 65 Security Light ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 212 DOMNVICE E daeantead nee 346 Accessories and Modifications 347 Adding Equipment to the Outside Of Your Vehicle sserisunrsenuricinrns 348 California Proposition 65 Warning 347 Doing Your Own Work sesssscscseeeen 348 Engine Soon Light ceeeeeeeeeeee 208 Publications Ordering Information 505 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 87 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 450 Shifting Into Park P ecececsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 129 Shifting Out of Park P cseeeeeeeeeeee eee 131 Signals Turn and Lane Change 0 168 Spare Tire COMP AaCt siisii naeia 442 Installing ee 429 FROMOVING bissen eas 426 SONO enana ae aa n a h 439 Specifications Capacities 0cceee 464 Speedometer c cceeeceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneas 199 StabiliTrak System ccccccccseesseseeees 283 Starting Your Engine ccceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 119 StEG 10 80 errr 285 519 Steering Wheel Controls
142. Star Vehicle Diagnostics e GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics e OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 complimentary minutes e OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only Available Services included with Directions amp Connections Plan e All Safe and Sound Plan Services e Driving Directions Advisor delivered or OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Hands Free Calling may also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owners Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses your minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owners Guide for more information Only available in the continental U
143. System With Three Round LED on page 143 or Universal Home Remote System With One Triangular LED on page 143 for more information Lighted Visor Vanity Mirror Pull the visor down and lift the cover The light will automatically come on The light will go out when you close the cover Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal 112 Theft Deterrent System The security light is located on the instrument panel cluster If the ignition is off and a door is open the security light will flash reminding you to arm the theft deterrent system To arm the system do the following 1 Lock the door using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter or the power door lock switch 2 Close all the doors The security light will illuminate It should go off within approximately 30 seconds If a door or a liftgate is opened without a key or a RKE transmitter the horn will sound and the lamps will flash for up to 30 seconds The theft deterrent system will not arm if you lock the doors with a key use the manual door lock or if the liftgate is ajar It activates only if you use the RKE transmitter or the power door lock To avoid activating the alarm by accident do the following e The vehicle should be locked with the door key or the manual door lock afte
144. Unlike average economy this display cannot be reset FUEL USED This display shows the number of gallons gal or liters L of fuel used since the last reset of this display To reset this display press the set reset button The display will return to zero TIMER ON OFF This display can be used like a stopwatch You can record the time it takes to travel from one point to another To access the timer press the trip fuel button until 00 00 00 TIMER OFF displays To turn on the timer press the set reset button until TIMER ON displays The timer will then start To turn off the timer press the set reset button again until TIMER OFF displays The timer will stop and display the end timing value To reset the timer press and hold the set reset button after the timer has been stopped The display will return to zero AVERAGE SPEED This display shows the average speed of the vehicle in either miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h This average is calculated based on the various vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset of this display To reset this display press the set reset button The display will return to zero 217 BATTERY VOLTAGE This display shows the current battery voltage Your vehicle s charging system regulates voltage based on the state of the battery The battery voltage may fluctuate when viewing this information on the DIC This is normal If there is a problem with the battery
145. Vehicle on page 322 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e are driven off road in the recommended manner See Off Road Driving on page 291 e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 349 469 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 471 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 473 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 474 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your GM Goodwrench dealer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 348 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your GM Goodwrench dealer do these jobs 470 When you go to your GM Goodwrench dealer for your service needs you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 505 Owner Checks and Services on page 476 tells you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good
146. Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged Then during the first 500 miles 805 km that you tow a trailer don t drive over 50 mph 80 km h and don t make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Don t drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph 90 km h to save wear on your vehicle s parts Three important considerations have to do with weight e the weight of the trailer e the weight of the trailer tongue e and the total weight on your vehicle s tires Tow Haul Mode Tow haul is designed to assist while your vehicle is pulling a large or heavy load or trailer Tow haul is most useful while pulling such a load in rolling terrain in stop and go traffic or when you need improved low speed control such as when parking The purpose of the tow haul mode is to do the following e Reduce the frequency and improve the predictability of transmission shifts when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load e Provide the same solid shift feel when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load as when the vehicle is unloaded e Improve control of vehicle speed while requiring less throttle pedal activity when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load Tow haul is designed to be most effective when the vehicle and trailer combined weig
147. a few seconds If the light does not come on the bulb may be burned out See your dealer to have it corrected If the light does not go out or if the light comes on and stays on while you are driving your vehicle may have a problem with the cooling system You should stop the vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible to avoid damage to the engine A warning chime will sound when this light is on also See Engine Overheating on page 372 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage This gage shows the engine coolant temperature It can be used to see when your engine has warmed up and to make sure your cooling system is operating properly If the gage pointer moves into the shaded area the engine coolant is too hot and the engine coolant temperature warning light will come on See Engine Overheating on page 372 for more information Tire Pressure Light If your vehicle has this light it will come on briefly when you turn the ignition on This light will also come on when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE DIC message will accompany the light see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 Stop and check your tires as soon as it is safe to do so If underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 398 for more information 207 This light will flash for approximately 60 seconds and then turn on solid if a problem is detected with the Tire Pressure Monitor s
148. aced Also look for any opened or broken airbag coverings and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance f Lubricate all key lock cylinders hood latch assemblies secondary latch pivots spring anchor release pawl hood hinges body door hinges rear compartment hinges sunroof tracks and any folding seat hardware More frequent lubrication could be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak See Weatherstrips on page 447 g A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service 475 i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 368 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j If you drive regu
149. ag is in the side of the passengers and the passenger directly behind the driver is seatback closest to the door in the ceiling above the side windows 75 A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering Never secure anything to the roof of your vehicle by routing the rope or tie down through any door or window opening If you do the path of an inflating airbag will be blocked Do not let seat covers block the inflation path of a side impact airbag The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear The roof mounted side impact airbag for the front passenger and the passenger directly behind the front passenger is in the ceiling above the side windows 76 When Should an Airbag Inflate The driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes But they are designed to inflate only if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds take into account a variety of desired deployment and non deployment events and are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for
150. age displays when the engine power is being reduced to protect the engine from damage There could be several malfunctions that might cause this message Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven ata reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehicle should be taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible FUEL LEVEL LOW This symbol appears with this message This message displays when your vehicle is low on fuel Refill the fuel tank as soon as possible A single chime sounds when this message is displayed See Filling the Tank on page 352 ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE WITH CARE This message displays when the outside temperature is cold enough to create icy road conditions Adjust your driving accordingly LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN This message displays when the drivers side rear door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely 223 OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine oil pressure is low severe engine damage may occur If a low oil pressure warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not drive the vehicle until t
151. al Home Remote button and the hand held transmitter button Do not release the buttons until Step 4 has been completed Some entry gates and garage door openers may require you to substitute Step 3 with the procedure noted in Gate Operator and Canadian Programming later in this section Press and hold the newly trained Universal Home Remote button and observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on continuously programming is complete and your device should activate when the Universal Home Remote button is pressed and released To program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons begin with Step 2 under Programming Universal Home Remote Do not repeat Step 1 as this will erase all of the programmed channels If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with Steps 6 through 8 following to complete the programming of a rolling code equipped device most commonly a garage door opener 151 6 Locate in the garage the garage door opener receiver motor head unit Locate the Learn or Smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit 7 Firmly press and release the Learn or Smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer You will have 30 seconds to start Step 8 8 Return to the vehicle Firmly press and hold the programmed Uni
152. an using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice lf you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only GM approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels 449 Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Do n
153. and balance settings to the factory default positions 249 Finding a Category CAT Station CAT Category The CAT button is used to find XM stations when the radio is in the XM mode To find XM channels within a desired category perform the following 1 Press the BAND button until the XM frequency displays Press the CAT button to display the category labels on the radio display Continue pressing the CAT button until the desired category name displays 2 Press either of the two buttons below the desired category label to immediately tune to the first XM station associated with that category 3 Turn the tune knob press the buttons below the right or left arrows displayed or press the right or left SEEK buttons to go to the next or previous XM station within the selected category 4 To exit the category search mode press the FAV button or BAND button to display your favorites again 250 Undesired XM categories can be removed through the setup menu To remove an undesired category perform the following 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the XM CAT label 3 Turn the tune knob to display the category you want removed 4 Press the pushbutton located under the Remove label until the category name along with the word Removed displays 5 Repeat the steps to remove more categories Removed categories can be restored by pres
154. and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 18 to 24 mph 29 to 38 5 km h The threshold level can vary however with specific vehicle design so that it can be somewhat above or below this range 77 Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object does not deform e lf the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Frontal airbags driver and right front passenger are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts 78 Seat mounted side impact and roof mounted airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes Seat mounted side impact airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal or near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts In addition roof mounted side impact airbags are intended to inflate during a rollover or in a severe frontal impact Roof mounted side impact airbags are not intended to inflat
155. angerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive CAUTION Continued 100 CAUTION Continued e Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle Because your vehicle has the theft deterrent system you must unlock the doors from the outside with the key or Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter to avoid setting off the alarm If the windows are down and the doors are locked do not reach in to manually unlock the vehicle because you will set off the alarm From the inside use the manual lock levers located on the door panels near the windows Push down on the manual lock lever to lock the door To unlock the door pull up on the lever Central Door Unlocking System Your vehicle has a central door unlocking feature When unlocking the driver s door yo
156. ans the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S TI B A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association 403 B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the ti
157. anty repair Reimbursement will be limited to a maximum amount per day and must be supported by receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair Generally it is not possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information Courtesy Transportation is available during the Bumper to Bumper warranty coverage period but it is not part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information 497 Courtesy Transportation is available only at participating dealers and all program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel Canadian Vehicles For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle Coverage period of the General Motors of Canada New Vehicle Limited Warranty alternative transportation may be available under the Courtesy Transporta
158. ard GM4718M Oils meeting this standard can be identified as synthetic and should also be identified with the American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst Engine Oil symbol However not all synthetic API oils with the starburst symbol will meet this GM standard You should look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle For the proper viscosity see Engine Oil on page 360 Chassis Lubrication 480 Usage Fluid Lubricant SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant GM Part No U S 12378261 in Canada 10953455 meeting GM Specification 9986115 Manual Transmission Fluid Transfer Case GM Part No U S 88861800 in Canada 88861801 Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Hood Hinges GM Part No U S 12346241 Hood Hinges in Canada 10953474 Body Door Hinge Pins ee Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Folding Seats GM Part No U S 12346241 Sunroa Traake in Canada 10953474 and Fuel Door Hinge Front and Rear Axle Usage Fluid Lubricant Outer Tailgate Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Handle Pivot GM Part No U S 12346241 Points i Canada 10953474 Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Squeaks Weatherstrip Lubricant GM Part No U S 3634770 K Canada 10953518 or Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 Synthetic Grease with Teflon
159. are not fresh such as after a day s work do not plan to make too many miles that first part of the journey Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you can easily drive in Is your vehicle ready for a long trip If you keep it serviced and maintained it is ready to go If it needs service have it done before starting out Of course you will find experienced and able service experts in GM dealerships all across North America They will be ready and willing to help if you need it Here are some things you can check before a trip e Windshield Washer Fluid s the reservoir full Are all windows clean inside and outside e Wiper Blades Are they in good shape e Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids Have you checked all levels e Lamps Are they all working Are the lenses clean 313 e Tires They are vitally important to a safe trouble free trip Is the tread good enough for long distance driving Are the tires all inflated to the recommended pressure e Weather Forecasts What is the weather outlook along your route Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system e Maps Do you have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Is there actually such a condition as highway hypnosis Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel Call it highway hypnosis lack of awareness or whatever There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery along with the hum of the tires on the
160. arn you if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 328 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light With the Anti Lock Brake System ABS the light will come on when your engine is started and stay on for several seconds This is normal If the ABS warning light comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the anti lock portion of the brake system If the brake system warning light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have anti lock brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 204 for more information If the light stays on turn the ignition to OFF If the light comes on when
161. attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar See Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label and its location on your vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs 418 including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as anti lock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 416 and Accessories and Modifications on page 347 for additional information Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Hi
162. ature as needed for best comfort Choosing the coldest or warmest temperature setting will not cause the system to heat or cool any faster In cold weather the system starts at i reduced fan speeds to avoid blowing cold air Dual Climate Control System into the vehicle until warmer air is available Automatic Operation The automatic system starts out blowing air at the floor but changes modes automatically as The climate control system automatically adjusts the vehicle warms up to maintain the chosen the air temperature air delivery mode fan temperature setting speed and air conditioning for best comfort in the The length of time needed to warm the interior depends on the outside temperature and the amount of time that has passed since the vehicle was last driven vehicle 189 A Vv Drivers Temperature Controls Press the up or down buttons closest to the driver to manually increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle A V Passenger s Temperature Controls Press the up or down buttons closest to the passenger to manually increase or decrease the temperature for the front passenger If the passenger s climate control system is off pressing either of these buttons turns it on Manual Operation S Fan Turn the left control to adjust the fan speed manually if the automatic setting is higher or lower than desired The fan speed remains at this level until you return to AUTO or adjust to
163. buttons or turning the tuner knob Tracks cannot be changed Songs are played sequentially press the REV or FWD to reverse or advance through the currently playing song Playing an MP3 Insert a CD R partway into the slot Single CD Player or press the load button and wait for the message to insert disc Six Disc CD Player label side up The player pulls it in and the CD R should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off while a CD R is in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD R starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source 260 As each new track starts to play the track number and song title displays If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 271 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is
164. by your warranty Notice Do not try to clear frost or other material from the inside of the rear quarter window with a razor blade or anything else that is sharp This may affect your radio s ability to pick up stations clearly The repairs wouldn t be covered by your warranty 272 If static is heard on the radio when the rear window defogger is turned on it could mean that a defogger grid line has been damaged If this is true the grid line must be repaired If adding an aftermarket cellular telephone to your vehicle and the antenna needs to be attached to the glass make sure that the grid lines for the AM FM antennas are not damaged Make sure the cellular telephone antenna does not touch a grid line XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception A vehicle with a sunroof might not get the best performance from the XM system if the sunroof is open Loading items onto the roof of your vehicle can interfere with the performance of the XM system Make sure the XM Satellite Radio antenna is not obstructed Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 274 Defensive Driving cccsseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 274 Drunken Driving ccc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaee ees 275 Control of a Vehicle eeen 278 Braking isccccveieeeeeavecysasaveserdaavveve
165. capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire 405 Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and p
166. cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 349 Gasoline Specifications ceeee 350 Fuses Fuses and Circuit Breakers 00085 455 Rear Underseat Fuse Block 460 462 Underhood Fuse Block scceeeeeeeees 455 Windshield Wiper eecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 454 Gage Engine Coolant Temperature 00 207 Fiel ceccsvsveecisvenenecty savers civavencesh weeecivenideeds 213 Speedometer cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 199 Tachometer csc ictvesnniiceceneutarezeteaudperstavereeten 199 Garage Door Opener cceeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 143 Gasoline Octane ainera eni a e A 349 Specifications cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 350 Glove BOX cxccnweitaieeariicicecciuin teenireeaseavdccde 153 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 492 H Hazard Warning Flashers ceee 166 Head Restraints ccccecceseeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeees 17 Headlamp ceeecceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 178 Bulb Replacement eeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 396 Daytime Running Lamps sece 179 FlaSh t0 PaSS eona 169 Halogen Bulbs ccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 396 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 396 High Low Beam Changer ecce 169 On Reminder cceceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 179 WasShO l wisiseciaviite ds ivieiavneeias nies vaieas 173 Wiper Activated i e 178 Heated Seats scsiccstsscsssettesmtesessctadsearevsarecsyaees 11 BEU E T A T E 189 Highbeam On
167. ce the transmission in the proper gear Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine will not start in any other position this is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Do not try to shift to PARK P if your vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts Your vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to the ACCESSORY or OFF position Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of ti
168. ch can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel ZN Trip Fuel Press this button to scroll through the trip and fuel displays See Trip Fuel Display Menu Items following for more information on these displays i Vehicle Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information displays See Vehicle Information Display Menu Items following for more information on these displays 215 Customization Press this button to scroll through each of the customization features See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 231 for more information on the customization features V Set Reset Press this button to reset certain DIC features and to acknowledge DIC warning messages and clear them from the DIC display AN V Menu Up Down Press this button to scroll up and down the menu items Trip Fuel Display Menu Items ZN Trip Fuel The following display menu items can be displayed by pressing the trip fuel button TRIP A or TRIP B These displays show the current distance traveled since the last reset for each trip odometer in either miles mi or kilometers km Both odometers can be used at the same time Each trip odometer can be reset to zero separately by pressing and holding the set reset button for a few seconds while the desired trip odometer is displayed 216 FUEL RANGE This display shows the approximate number of remainin
169. ch as Channel Song Artist CAT category can appear Continue pressing the information button to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under any one of the labels and the information about that label displays When information is not available No Info displays Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite Drivers are encouraged to set up their radio station favorites while the vehicle is parked Tune to your favorite stations using the presets favorites button and steering wheel controls if your vehicle has this feature See Defensive Driving on page 274 248 FAV Favorites A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency labels and by using the radio favorites page button FAV button Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page Each page of favorites can contain any combination of AM FM or XM if equipped stations To store a station as a favorite perform the following steps 1 Tune to the desired radio station 2 Press the FAV button to display the page where you want the station stored 3 Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons until a beep sounds Whenever that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns 4 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton radio station you want stored as a favorite The numb
170. charging system the charging system light will illuminate and or the DIC will display a message See Charging System Light on page 204 DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 and Electric Power Management on page 183 for more information Blank Display This display shows no information Vehicle Information Display Menu Items i Vehicle Information The following display menu items can be displayed by pressing the vehicle information button 218 OIL LIFE REMAINING If the vehicle has this display it shows the estimated oil life remaining If you see 99 OIL LIFE REMAINING on the display that means that 99 of the current oil life remains When the oil life is depleted the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display You should change your oil as soon as possible In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Scheduled Maintenance on page 471 and Engine Oil on page 360 Remember you must reset the OIL LIFE yourself after each oil change It will not reset itself Also be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change To reset the engine oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 363 The display will show 100 when the system is reset UNITS This display allows you to sele
171. cial equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle 453 Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain your vehicle s battery even if your vehicle is not operating Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 87 454 Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by an internal circuit breaker If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow the wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers protect the power windows and power seats When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a ba
172. cil of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program 489 Online Owner Center Online Owner Center United States only The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to e Get e mail service reminders e Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner manual e Keep track of your vehicle s service
173. cle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If an Accident Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in an accident e Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured e lf there has been an injury call 911 for help Do not leave the scene of an accident until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer e Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the accident Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the accident This will help guard against post accident legal action e f you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Service on page 493 for more information 501 502 If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure
174. cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been c
175. cnstivveaeidinnaesseiemeces 212 Highbeam On oo eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 213 Lights On Reminder cee 212 Malfunction Indicator ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 208 Oill PreSSUre eann denad onna as aaa daa ii 211 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 202 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder 200 Light cont Safety Belt Reminder n 200 SECUN etas osereundeesnsubetantauteresententassiteeeetaats 212 TCS Warning Light ceeeeee eee 206 Tire Pressure soore aranean da aana 207 Tow Haul Mode scsicsssrsssssrcsariincresssriasss 213 Traction Control System TCS WAMMAG sseietecsccienedeccrvenetvsasteeeecerdenteeete 206 Lighting a E AE E A E 182 Parade DIMMING isssesrrssiiironreinenasnaan 182 Limited Slip Rear Axle 283 Loading Your Vehicle ceeeeseeeeeeeeneeeees 322 Lockout Protection ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 104 Locks Central Door Unlocking System 101 Delayed LOCKING wavssiccsessstetecevteerenssancceenes 102 DOOM artie a e aE cance teauabarennee 100 Lockout Protection ccecseeeeeeeeeeeeees 104 POWER DOOF ssdeisancsancenacesanecs nni E 101 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 102 Rear Door Security Locks ceeeee 103 Loss Of Control cccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 289 Luggage Carrier ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 154 Lumbar Power Controls cccccsecceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 1
176. collision increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0 05 percent or above A driver with a BAC level of 0 06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a collision At a BAC level of 0 10 percent the chance of this driver having a collision is 12 times greater at a level of 0 15 percent the chance is 25 times greater The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up I will be careful is not the right answer What if there is an emergency a need to take sudden action as when a child darts into the street A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able to react quickly enough to avoid the collision There is something else about drinking and driving that many people do not know Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Please do not drink and drive or ride with a dri
177. concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help contact the Cadillac Customer Assistance Center 24 hours a day by calling 1 800 458 8006 In Canada contact the Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre by calling 1 888 446 2000 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Cadillac please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce any additional rights you may have Canadian owners refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet for information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Coun
178. cooler air to the side of the vehicle facing the sun The recirculation mode will also be used as needed to maintain cool outlet temperatures Do not cover any of the sensors or the climate control system might not work properly Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog from the windshield 1 4 Floor Defog Use this mode to clear the windows of fog and warm the passengers The system turns off recirculation and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is at or below freezing If recirculation mode is selected while using the defog mode the system recirculates air initially but returns to the fresh air mode after 10 minutes W Defrost Use this mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly When selected the system turns off recirculation and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is at or below freezing Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear 193 Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window Gy Rear Defogger Press the center of the right control to turn the rear window defogger on or off Be sure to clear as much snow from the rear window as possible The rear wind
179. cssaeevienas eee 278 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 008 279 Braking in Emergencies 0 eeeeeeeeeee 281 Traction Control System TCS 8 281 Magnetic Ride Control secc 283 Limited Slip Rear Axle ae 283 StabiliTrak System cccccccccseeeeseeeeees 283 Panic Brake Assist aseeseen 284 All Wheel Drive AWD System 005 284 SIENNO sascscencoeerntctaesndssanstessetebtnasatareneneten 285 Off Road Recovery ceeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeeeeeees 287 PASSING E N E TE 287 Loss Of Control ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 289 Off Road Driving ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 291 Driving Your Vehicle Driving at Night 2 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 306 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 308 City DIVING ici nccitieiaenapn tein 311 Freeway Driving ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeees 312 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 313 Highway Hypnosis 314 Hill and Mountain Roads 315 Winter Driving ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 317 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud lce OF SNOW siorse ea ara 321 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 322 Loading Your Vehicle aeee 322 TOWING fcccecesssesecegech tires dese RALE RA SAES A 328 Towing Your Vehicle ceee 328 Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 328 Level Control irreais tuis nieis 330 Towing a Trailer ssescsossirioenimsorunsaa 331 273 Your Driving the Road and Yo
180. ct mileage total of the old odometer Tachometer This gage indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Engine Speed Limiter This feature prevents the engine from operating at too many revolutions per minute rpm When the engine s rpms are too high the throttle is closed to reduce speed If this is not sufficient then the fuel supply to the engine will be limited When the rpms return to normal the fuel supply will return to normal This helps prevent damage to the engine 199 Safety Belt Reminder Light When the key is turned to ON or START a chime will come on for several seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts unless the drivers safety belt is already buckled The safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more LZ This chime and light will be repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the driver s belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on 200 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the key is turned to ON or START a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 81 for more information The passenger safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will fla
181. ct between English or Metric units of measurement Once in this display press the set reset button to select between ENGLISH or METRIC units PARKING ASSIST If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system this display allows the system to be turned on or off Once in this display press the set reset button to select between ON or OFF If you choose ON the system will be turned on If you choose OFF the system will be turned off The URPA system automatically turns back on after each vehicle start When the URPA system is turned off and the vehicle is shifted out of PARK P the DIC will display the PARKING ASSIST OFF message as a reminder that the system has been turned off See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 and Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA on page 184 for more information FRONT TIRES or REAR TIRES If your vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system the pressure for each tire can be viewed in the DIC The tire pressure will be shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the vehicle information button until the DIC shows the tire pressure for the front tires Press the vehicle information button again to view the pressure for the rear tires If a low or high tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the pressure in a specific tire will appear in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 40
182. ctor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly accelerate Both control systems steering and acceleration have to do their work where the tires meet the road Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too much of those places You can lose control See StabiliTrak System on page 283 What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while the front wheels are straight ahead 285 Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 347 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these probl
183. d at the end of the windshield wiper lever Both the headlamps and the windshield will be washed After the first wash the headlamps will be washed after the fifth press of the windshield washer button The headlamps must be on to be washed If the headlamps are off only the windshield will be washed when the washer button is pressed If the washer fluid is low the headlamp washers will not work See Windshield Washer on page 171 for additional information 173 Cruise Control These controls are located on the end of the multifunction lever Off Move to this position to turn the system off On Move to this position to turn on the system Resume Accelerate Move to this position to make the vehicle resume a previously set speed or to accelerate when cruise is already active Set Decrease Press this button to set the speed or to decrease the speed when cruise is already active 174 With cruise control a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more can be maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph 40 km h If you apply your brakes the cruise control will shut off A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery road
184. d during the 48 months 50 000 miles 80 000 km warranty period Items covered are hotel meals and rental car Additional Services for Canadian Customers Trip Routing Service Upon request Cadillac Roadside Service will send you detailed computer personalized maps highlighting your choice of either the most direct route or the most scenic route to your destination anywhere in North America along with any helpful travel information we may have pertaining to your trip To request this service please call us toll free at 1 800 268 6800 We will make every attempt to send your personalized trip routing as quickly as possible but it is best to allow three weeks before your planned departure date Trip routing requests will be limited to six per calendar year Alternative Service There may be times when Roadside Service cannot provide timely assistance Your advisor may authorize you to secure local emergency road service and you will be reimbursed up to 100 upon submission of the original receipt to Cadillac Roadside Service Cadillac Technician Roadside Service U S only Cadillac s exceptional Roadside Service is more than an auto club or towing service It provides every Cadillac owner in the United States with the advantage of contacting a Cadillac advisor and where available a Cadillac trained dealer technician who can provide on site service A dealer technician will travel to your location within a 3
185. d fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If a fuse blows see your dealer for service immediately If you ever have a problem on the road and don t have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can The fuses are located in three fuse blocks one located in the engine compartment on the passenger s side and the other two under the rear seat Underhood Fuse Block The underhood fuse block is located in the engine compartment on the right side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for more information on location To access the fuses push in the two tabs located on each side of the fuse block cover Then lift the cover off 455 SPARE AIRBAG ABS IGN FANT WASHER ss MICRO ECMTCMIGN MISC IGN IGN MAIN SPARE s MICRO SOILS EMISSION 2 C SPARE k BCM2 C2 RADIO co SPARE PARTEN CoC LTHIBEAM BCM 7 CLOCK MICRO EMC 1 C SPARE RTHIBEAM RV SNSA FOGLAMP CI O HI a WPR WPR WPRHI MICRO He He Co MICRO MICRO AITLO BEAM LO BEAM LP MICRO HID HC MICRO LT LO BEAM ACCYWPR BLWR RPDB 2 SPARE HORN ACCLICH FUEL PUMP HEADLAMP WASH SPARE REAR WASH REAR WASH s MICRO FUEL PUMP ACCY ss AFC
186. deep puddles or standing water water can come in through the engine s air intake and badly damage the engine Never drive through water that is slightly lower than the underbody of your vehicle If you cannot avoid deep puddles or standing water drive through them very slowly 309 Driving Through Flowing Water A CAUTION Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces If you try to drive through flowing water as you might at a low water crossing your vehicle can be carried away As little as six inches of flowing water can carry away a smaller vehicle If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warning signs and otherwise be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water 310 Some Other Rainy Weather Tips e Turn on your low beam headlamps not just your parking lamps to help make you more visible to others Besides slowing down allow some extra following distance And be especially careful when you pass another vehicle Allow yourself more clear room ahead and be prepared to have your view restricted by road spray Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 398 City Driving R v Be ee hall z m LTE Py p mi 3 i SI 7A Z m
187. derstanding Reception eee 270 Reading Lamps cccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 182 Rear Air Conditioning System 0068 195 FROAP Axle ciisceiiees sisuned cos td anpa ennaa naaa 394 Limited Shp sieriiiicnkiri tissi nnns 283 Rear Door Security LOCKS eccess 103 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 39 Rear Seat Audio RSA s e 266 Rear Seat Entertainment System 0 266 Rear Seat Operation 18 Rear Seat Passengers Safety Belts 36 Rear Windshield Washer Wipet 00 172 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with TOASTED eies oe detaia EAEE 134 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with OnStar and Compass 000 134 Reclining Seatbacks isisisi nians daisaiia n 14 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 480 Recreational Vehicle Towing ccecce 328 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 94 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System OP STATION es sect edecakeens dent deniee annan e 96 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tite ecs2stinahs sian iisas iadesini 429 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 426 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government s es 504 General Motors ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 505 United States Government cee 504 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 89 518 Restraint System Check cont Replacing Restraint System Parts A
188. ding Your Vehicle on page 322 Luggage Carrier on page 154 and Tires on page 398 Environmental Concerns Off road driving can provide wholesome and satisfying recreation However it also raises environmental concerns We recognize these concerns and urge every off roader to follow these basic rules for protecting the environment e Always use established trails roads and areas that have been specially set aside for public off road recreational driving obey all posted regulations e Avoid any driving practice that could damage the environment shrubs flowers trees grasses or disturb wildlife This includes wheel spinning breaking down trees or unnecessary driving through streams or over soft ground e Always carry a litter bag make sure all refuse is removed from any campsite before leaving e Take extreme care with open fires where permitted camp stoves and lanterns e Never park your vehicle over dry grass or other combustible materials that could catch fire from the heat of the vehicle s exhaust system Traveling to Remote Areas It makes sense to plan your trip especially when going to a remote area Know the terrain and plan your route You are much less likely to get bad surprises Get accurate maps of trails and terrain Try to learn of any blocked or closed roads It is also a good idea to travel with at least one other vehicle If something happens to one of them the other can help quickl
189. ding on your garage control unit If you cannot locate the learn button refer to the owners guide for your garage door opener 3 Press and hold the button you would like to use to control the garage door until the garage door moves The indicator light above the selected button should slowly blink You may need to hold the button from five to 20 seconds 4 Immediately release the button when the garage door moves The indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete 5 Press and release the button again The garage door should move confirming that programming is successful and complete To program another device such as an additional garage door opener a security device or home lighting repeat Steps 1 5 choosing a different function button in Step 3 than what you used for the garage door opener Using Universal Home Remote Press and hold the appropriate button for at least half of a second The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted Reprogramming Universal Home Remote Buttons You can reprogram any of the three buttons by repeating the instructions Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons You should erase the programmed buttons when you sell the vehicle or terminate your lease To erase either rolling code or fixed code on the Universal Home Remote device do the following 1 Press and hold the two outside buttons at the same time for approximately 20 seconds
190. displayed status of either ON or OFF The ON display indicates the radio clock display is disabled and the OFF display indicates the radio clock display is enabled Press this pushbutton to toggle the radio clock display on or off If the radio clock display is turned on the screen displays Radio Clock ON for 10 seconds then returns to the original clock display menu If the radio clock display is turned off the screen displays Radio Clock OFF for 10 seconds The menus for clock and date settings are removed and ON displays as a current status indicating that the clock display can be turned on if desired The radio clock and analog clock are not synchronized Occasionally you might need to set the digital radio clock using the procedure below to synchronize both clocks Setting the Time and Date on the Digital Radio Clock If your vehicle has a radio with a single CD player it has a clock button for setting the time and date To set the time and date do the following 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press the clock button and HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year displays 3 Press the pushbutton located under each one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one e Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or the FWD forward button 4 To decrease the time or date press the l
191. dition is detected the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning symbol located in the instrument panel cluster and at the same time a DIC message to check the pressure in a specific tire also appears on the DIC display The low tire pressure warning symbol and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE message on the DIC display appear at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure You may notice during cooler weather conditions the low tire pressure warning light and DIC warning message may come on when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s is getting low and needs to be inflated to the proper pressure Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you sh
192. ds to eject all discs dd Tune Turn this knob to select tracks on the CD currently playing K SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next track If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the tracks on the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays RDM Random With the random setting the tracks can be listened to in random rather than sequential order on one CD or all CDs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following e To play the tracks from the CD you are listening to in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize Current Disc displays Press the pushbutton again to turn off random play e To play tracks from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbu
193. duce the tongue weight your vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight your vehicle can tow And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity If you re using a weight carrying hitch or a weight distributing hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer Trailering may also be limited by the vehicle s ability to carry tongue weight Tongue weight cannot cause the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating or the RGAWR Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating The effect of additional weight may reduce your trailering capacity more than the total of the additional weight 335 Consider the following example A vehicle model base weight is 5 500 Ibs 2 495 kg 2 800 Ibs 1 270 kg at the front axle and 2 700 Ibs 1 225 kg at the rear axle It has a GVWR of 7 200 Ibs 3 266 kg a RGAWR of 4 000 Ibs 1 814 kg and a GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating of 14 000 Ibs 6 350 kg The trailer rating should be 14 000 Ibs 6350 kg 5 500 Ibs 2495 kg G
194. e Press the front of the front sunshade switch to close it Press to the first stop to close it to a desired position Press the switch to the second stop to express close the front sunshade Press the back of the rear sunshade switch to open the rear sunshade Press the front of the switch to close the rear sunshade Anti Pinch Feature If an object is in the path of the sunroof when it is closing the anti pinch feature will detect the object and stop the sunroof from closing at the point of the obstruction The sunroof will then reverse To close the sunroof once it has re opened remove the obstruction and press the front of the sunroof switch 159 Resynchronization 3 At the same time press and hold the front sunroof switch in the open position and the To resynchronize the front sunroof and front and front sunshade switch in the closed position rear sunshades do the following for about six seconds 1 With the engine running press and hold the When the front sunroof reaches the fully rear sunshade switch in the closed position closed position the front sunshade will close for about 15 seconds the shade will move to the stop position 4 After the sunroof and sunshade have fully closed continue to hold the sunroof 2 Briefly release the button and press the rear switch in the closed position for an additional sunshade switch in the closed position again three or four seconds to complete the The shade will now m
195. e Manual Seats on page 9 or Power Seats on page 10 If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 55 There is no top tether anchor in the right front passenger s position Do not secure a child seat in this position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 55 if your child restraint has a top tether You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Your vehicle has a right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 81 We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If your child restraint is forward facing move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the child restraint in this seat See Manual Seats on page 9 or Power Seats on page 10 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you turn the ignition to ON or START See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 202 2 Put
196. e arm Allowing the wiper blade arm to touch the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could damage the windshield Any damage that occurs would not be covered by your warranty Do not allow the wiper blade arm to touch the windshield 397 6 Replace the blade with a new one 7 Reinstall the wiper blade assembly by sliding it over the wiper arm to engage the J hooked end Pull up on the assembly to lock it into place 8 Repeat the steps for the other wiper 398 Rear Wiper Blade Replacement To replace the rear wiper blade follow the steps listed previously Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your GM Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer s booklet included with your vehicle A CAUTION e Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much friction You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 407 CAUTION Continued CAUTI
197. e can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into Park P on page 129 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 331 Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system You must fully apply your regular brakes first and then press the shift lever button before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition key is in ON If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into PARK P as you maintain brake application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of Park P on page 131 Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped REVERSE R Use this gear to back up At low vehicle speeds you can also use REVERSE R to rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transmission See If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 321 for additional information NEUTRAL N In this position the engine does not connect with the wh
198. e controls for those features In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag e Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts e Your vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders on page 498 e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly See your dealer for service Passenger Sensing System Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system The passenger airbag status indicator on the instrument panel will be visible when you turn your ignition key to ON or START PASSENGER AIRBAG amp a OFF ON 2 mV 2 Mi amp United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol
199. e fastened properly too 22 A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has a light that comes on as a reminder to buckle up See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 200 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law says to wear safety belts Here is why They work You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a bad one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels 23 Put someone on it Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop 24 The person keeps going until stopped by or
200. e for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle in a garage or covered whenever possible Windshield and Wiper Blades If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blade chatters when running wax sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a glass cleaning liquid or powder and water solution The windshield is clean if beads do not form when it is rinsed with water Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades and affect their performance Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent Then rinse the blade with water Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary replace blades that look worn Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Your vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels cle
201. e in rear impacts Seat mounted side impact and roof mounted airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design A seat mounted side impact airbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck Both roof mounted airbags are intended to deploy when either side of the vehicle is struck or during a rollover In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal and near frontal impacts For side impact airbags inflation is determined by the location and severity of the impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In an impact of sufficient severity the airbag sensing system detects that the vehicle is in a crash In the case of a rollover capable roof mounted side impact airbag the sensing system detects that the vehicle is about to roll over The sensing system triggers a release of gas from the inflator which inflates the airbag The inflator airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag modules inside the steering wheel instrument panel the side of the front seatbacks closest to the door and the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows Ho
202. e lever in this position for slow steady wiping cycles High Speed Put the lever in this position for rapid wiping cycles If the windshield wipers are in use for about six seconds while you are driving the exterior lamps will come on automatically if the exterior lamp control is in AUTO See Wiper Activated Headlamps on page 178 for more information Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If they are frozen to the windshield gently loosen or thaw them If the blades do become damaged install new blades For more information see Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 397 Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload Windshield Washer A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision The windshield washer button is located at the end of the windshield wiper lever W Washer Fluid Press this button to wash the windshield Washer fluid will squirt onto the windshield and the wipers will run for a few cycles to clear the windshield For more wash cycles press and hold the button If your vehicle is low on washer fluid the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC display See DIC Warnings and Messages on
203. e the instrument panel brightness lever is in the full bright position See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 181 To drive the vehicle with the DRL off turn the exterior lamp control off Then turn on the fog lamps or parking lamps and the DRL will turn off This will work regardless of gear position and whether or not the parking brake is set As with any vehicle you should turn on the regular headlamp system when you need it 180 Light Sensor The light sensor for the DRL and AUTO headlamp feature is located on top of the instrument panel If you cover the sensor it will prevent it from sensing light and the exterior lamps may come on whenever the ignition is on Fog Lamps Use the fog lamps for better vision in foggy or misty conditions The fog lamp controls are located on the turn signal multifunction lever 40 Fog Lamps The band with this symbol is used to turn the fog lamps on and off The parking lamps must be on for the fog lamps to work To turn the fog lamps on turn the fog lamp band on the lever up to the dot and release it The band will return to its original position To turn the fog lamps off turn the fog lamp band up to the dot and release it The band will return to its original position and the fog lamps will turn off If the high beam headlamps are turned on the fog lamps will also turn off They will turn back on again when you switch back to low beam headlamps Some localit
204. e to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of used oil ask your dealer a service station ora local recycling center for help Engine Air Cleaner Filter 4 6L V8 shown 3 6L V6 similar The engine air cleaner filter is in the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle near the front See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for more information on location 365 When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 83 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 471 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the filter do the following 1 Remove the two screws located on the top of the cover 2 Disconnect the coolant recovery hose so that it is not going across the top of the engine air cleaner filter 3 T
205. eater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduces these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on the radio FM Stereo FM stereo gives the best sound but FM signals reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause the loss of XM signal for a period of time The radio might display NO XM SIGNAL to indicate interference Cellular Phone Usage Cellular phone usage could cause interference with your vehicle s radio This interference could occur when making or receiving phone calls charging the phone s battery or simply having the phone on This interference is an increased level of static while listening to the radio If static is received while listening to the radio
206. ed conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics 419 Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 420 Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall
207. ee 131 Parking ASSIS Taani E ERA 184 PAK Citas Atte entees scans a E EEES 127 Over Things That Burn seee 131 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 202 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 195 Passenger Sensing System ccceeereeeees 81 PASSING onsi SS 287 PASS Key I os ccna ssnnisteacciseannancnedesnccesanann 114 PASS Key Ill Operation ccccccceeeeeees 114 Power Accessory Outlet S 186 Door LOCKS icdiveciassteieadianbetesiidicantinnaevs 101 Electrical System cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 454 LIQ ATS riaya veevetvavdanes 104 Lumbar Controls ceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 10 Retained Accessory RAP a c 118 OAL E A E E 10 Power cont Steering Fluid srera a 379 WINKOWS sesecdscesancetnseasntvaunentadeainbantenaenanitse 109 Pretensioners Safety Belt 0 eeeeeeee 42 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 102 Q Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 00 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 26 R PRAGIOS siasteiscencasaanasidenneuscadzasoxcecduntah tenceasnachs 240 Care of Your CD Player aaee 271 Care of Your CDS cccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 271 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual essees 266 Radio with CD ccceecceccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 246 Rear Seat AUdIO sirsissisrsisonnirinisissiisa 266 Setting the Time c cceeeeeeeee ees 242 244 Theft Deterrent c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 268 Un
208. ee Defensive Driving on page 274 By taking a few moments to read this manual and get familiar with your vehicle s audio system you can use it with less effort as well as take advantage of its features While your vehicle is parked set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them A CAUTION This system provides you with a far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving While your vehicle is parked e Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation e Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio sys
209. eed rating never exceed the developed for use on your vehicle See tire s maximum speed capability Compact Spare Tire on page 442 A CAUTION A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes other than those originally Hf you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle installed on your vehicle brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes other than those originally CAUTION Continued 417 If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system may give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 410 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label This label is
210. eed to the driver s side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 After hearing the confirming horn chirp for the driver s side rear tire the horn sounds two more times to signal the tire learning model is no longer active Turn the ignition switch to OFF Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the tire and loading information label Put the valve caps back on the valve stems The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor If you replace one of the road tires with the spare the SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM message displays on the DIC screen This message should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor 413 Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this
211. eels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only You can also use NEUTRAL N when your vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting your vehicle 123 DRIVE D This position is for normal driving It provides the best fuel economy for your vehicle If you need more power for passing and you are e Going less than 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down The transmission will shift down to a lower gear and have more power Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 289 Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle i
212. eering performance including yaw rate steering wheel angle and lateral acceleration is also recorded This information has been used to improve vehicle crash performance and may be used to improve crash performance of future vehicles and driving safety Unlike the data recorders on many airplanes these on board systems do not record sounds such as conversation of vehicle occupants To read this information special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data is required GM will not access information about a crash event or share it with others other than e with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee e in response to an official request of police or similar government office e as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or e as required by law In addition once GM collects or receives data GM may e use the data for GM research needs e make it available for research where appropriate confidentiality is to be maintained and need is shown or e share summary data which is not tied to a specific vehicle with non GM organizations for research purposes Others such as law enforcement may have access to the special equipment that can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data If your vehicle has OnStar please check the OnStar subscription se
213. eft SEEK arrow or the REV reverse button You can also turn the tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio faceplate to adjust the selected setting Changing the Time and Date Default Setting To change the time and date default setting do the following 1 Change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or the date default setting from month day year to day month year by pressing the clock button 2 Once the clock and date settings display along with the forward arrow press the pushbutton located under the forward arrow until the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY month day and year and DD MM YYYY day month and year displays 3 Press the pushbutton located under the desired option then press the clock button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out 243 Setting the Time Radio with Six Disc CD Player Enabling Disabling the Digital Radio Clock Your vehicle has an analog clock as well as the digital radio clock At the time of new vehicle delivery the digital radio clock display should be disabled If you decide to use the digital radio clock as well as the analog clock you can change the setting to enable the radio clock display Turn the radio clock display on or off by following these steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press the MENU button until the clock label display appears 3 Press the pushbutton located under the clock label until the c
214. eight of the Trailer that appears later in this section But trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly That s the reason for this part In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transmission rear axle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat What s more the trailer adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements 331 If You Do Decide to Pull a Trailer If you do here are some important points 332 There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you ll be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls Don t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles 805 km your new vehicle is driven
215. ems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes See Braking on page 278 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available 286 An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery You may find that your right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn your steering whee
216. engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface When the engine is cold the coolant level should be at or slightly above the FULL COLD FROID line on the side of the coolant surge tank If it is not you may have a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere else in the cooling system A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fans are running If the engine is overheating both fans should be running If they are not your vehicle needs service Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 374 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 375 Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause pre
217. epeatedly brake or accelerate heavily when the TCS is off You could damage your vehicle s driveline When the TCS is switched off on AWD vehicles you may still feel the system working This is normal and necessary with the AWD hardware on your vehicle You should turn the system off if your vehicle ever gets stuck in sand mud or snow and rocking the vehicle is required See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 322 and If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 321 for more information See also Winter Driving on page 317 for information on using TCS when driving in snowy or icy conditions 282 To turn the system off press the TC traction control button l located on the console under the climate controls If you press the TC traction control button once the traction control system will turn off and the traction control system warning light will come on Press the TC button again to turn the system back on If you press and hold the TC button for five seconds the StabiliTrak system and the traction control system will turn off Press the TC traction control button again to turn StabiliTrak back on For more information see StabiliTrak System on page 283 Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 347 for more information Magnetic Ride Control Your vehicle may have Magnetic Ride Control that automatically adj
218. eps have made the light turn off your dealer can check the vehicle Your dealer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that may have developed 210 Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or may begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced your battery or if your battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This may take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your dealer can prepare the vehicle for inspection Oil Pressure Light A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or o
219. equipment 414 Tire Inspection and Rotation Tire rotation is not recommended if your vehicle has the following tire combinations e P235 65R17 size tires on the front wheels and P255 60R17 size tires on the rear wheels e P235 60R18 size tires on the front wheels and P255 55R18 size tires on the rear wheels Different tire sizes should not be rotated front to rear Each tire and wheel should only be used in its original front or rear position Tire rotation is recommended if your vehicle is equipped with P255 50R20 size tires on all four wheel positions These tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 416 and Wheel Replacement on page 421 for more information The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle The first rotation is the most important See Scheduled Maintenance on page 471 When rotating P255 50R20 size tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here Do not include the compact spare tire in the tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Vehicles that have the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS will need to have the TPMS sensors res
220. er This also occurs when traction control is activated You may also hear a noise or feel vibration in the brake pedal This is normal Continue to steer the vehicle in the direction you want it to go 283 If there is a problem detected with StabiliTrak a SERVICE STABILITRAK message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 When this message is displayed the system is not operational Driving should be adjusted accordingly StabiliTrak comes on automatically whenever you start your vehicle To help assist you with directional control of the vehicle you should always leave the system on You can turn StabiliTrak off if you ever need to through the TC traction control on off button A STABILITRAK OFF message will appear in the DIC when it has been turned off See Traction Control System TCS on page 281 If your vehicle is in cruise control when the StabiliTrak activates the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may reengage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 174 for more information 284 Panic Brake Assist Your vehicle has a panic brake assist system that monitors the intention of the driver while braking If the system senses that the driver has applied hard fast pressure to the brake pedal the system will generate additional pressure making it easier for the driver to maintain b
221. er of favorites pages can be setup using the MENU button To setup the number of favorites pages perform the following steps 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the FAV 1 6 label 3 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the displayed page numbers 4 Press the FAV button or let the menu time out to return to the original main radio screen showing the radio station frequency labels and to begin the process of programming your favorites for the chosen amount of numbered pages Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble BASS MID TREB Bass Midrange or Treble To adjust bass midrange or treble press the tune knob until the tone control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can also be adjusted by pressing either the SEEK FWD forward or REV reverse button until the desired levels are obtained If a station s frequency is weak or if there is static decrease the treble To quickly adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position press the tune knob for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position Pressing the tune knob for more than two seconds will also center the fade
222. ervice This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel Channel Unavail Channel no longer This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned available Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Artist Info Artist Name Feature not No artist information is available at this time on this channel available The system is working properly No Title Info Song Program Title not No song title information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly 264 Radio Display Message Action Required No CAT Info Category Name not No category information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly No Information No Text Informational No text or informational messages are available at this time message available on this channel The system is working properly CAT Not Found No channel available for There are no channels available for the selected category the chosen category The system is working properly XM TheftLocked Theft lock active The XM receiver in the vehicle could have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message appears after having your vehicle serviced check with your dealer XM Radio ID Radio ID label channel 0 If tuned to channel 0 this message can alternate with the XM Radio e
223. es GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall by the tire manufacturer If the tires have CAUTION Continued an all season tread design the TPC spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See installed on your vehicle brands or Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 401 for additional types may also cause damage to your information vehicle Be sure to use the correct size Winter tires with the same speed rating as your brand and type of tires on all wheels It is original equipment tires may not be available for H all right to drive with your vehicle s V W and ZR speed rated tires If you choose snow compact spare temporarily it was tires with a lower sp
224. es can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants always should be secured in appropriate infant restraints Child Restraint Systems A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children always should be secured An infant car bed A a special bed made for use in appropriate child restraints in a motor vehicle is an infant restraint system designed to restrain or position a child on a continuous flat surface Make sure that the infant s head rests toward the center of the vehicle 49 A rear facing infant seat B provides restraint A forward facing child seat C E provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the for the child s body with the harness and also infant The harness system holds the infant sometimes with surfaces such as T shaped in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant or shelf like shields positioned in the restraint 50 Q How Should I Use a Child Restraint A A child restraint sy
225. es damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits 503 Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
226. es on page 398 Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You will have a lot less traction or grip and will need to be very careful 317 What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there 318 Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution Accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more See StabiliTrak System on page 283 and Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on pa
227. es snnndidccncanneiesanceedd owes chansbana sates 55 Older Childten secese ennan 43 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 62 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 0 08 65 Where to Put the Restraint 08 53 Cigarette Lighter cccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 187 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 449 Exterior Lamps Lenses eeeeeeeeeees 448 Fabric Carpet cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 445 FINISH Care cesicveorccsaivarcdsasvatecesesesndeeandoneeas 448 Inside of Your Vehicle cceeeees 443 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces 0 ccceeeee 446 Leather asirese E EE SA 446 Speaker Covers srmeariiiensiisneoninn nie 447 EEE E E E ETAT 450 509 Cleaning cont Underbody Maintenance eeeee 451 Washing Your Vehicle eeen 447 Weather strips c ceecccseeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeees 447 Windshield and Wiper Blades 449 Wood Panels sscscssuscirornari ciiai 447 Climate Control System Air Filter Passenger Compartment 195 WAL sade E E A T 189 Outlet Adjustment eseseeeeeeeeen eneee 194 Rear Air Conditioning System 00 195 GIOCK aasgieren ensa iaeaea 188 242 244 Collision Damage Repair ceeeee 500 Comfort Guides Rear Safety Belt 0 39 Compact Spare Tire iaee
228. escenes 116 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 482 O Odometer risiini ea a aaia 199 Off Road Driving ceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 291 Off Road Recovery esssssssisisreesrerrrrrrsee 287 516 Oil ENON aarte E ET 360 Pressure Light 2 ccscnectesucesteatoesnameniees 211 Oil Engine Oil Life System ce 363 Older Children Restraints ccccceceeeeeeee 43 Online Owner Center ceceeeeeeneeeeeeees 490 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 139 Operation Universal Home Remote SYSTOM epearen edicere sana inina 144 150 Other Warning Devices eeeeeeeeeeees 166 Outlet Adjustment ceeceeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 194 Outlet s Accessory POWE eeeee 186 Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror eeee 138 Convex Mirror cceecceeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeees 139 Curb View Assist Mirror 00 cccceeeeeeees 138 Power Heated Mirrors 2 0 eeeeeeeeeeees 137 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode cccceseeeteseeeeeeeeeeees 374 Owner Checks and Services aeee 476 Owners Canadian ccccceccceccceceeeeeeeeeaeeeaes 3 Paint Damage scirisusiiira sennae 451 Panic Brake Assist ae 284 Parade Dimming ssasessessrsenerrressrrrrenrrrnnns 182 Park Alg jassvetsesdeceitesstiveelsavaeesinee aan inai 184 Park P Shifting INTO sueio nindes 129 Shifting QUE Of aiccasescecsastezaecenncheceweasaeatenc
229. eselect both mirrors to turn off the automatic tilt feature If further adjustment is needed after the mirror is tilted the mirror controls can be used See Outside Power Heated Mirrors on page 137 for more information Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger s side mirror is convex A convex mirror s surface is curved so that more can be seen from the driver s seat The mirror does not have a dimming feature OnStar System o e OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If you lock your keys in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you 139 OnStar service is provided to you subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions You may cancel your OnStar service at any time by contacting OnStar as provided below A c
230. esesdadonss 283 Transmission Fluid Automatic ccccceeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeenes 367 Transmission Operation Automatic 122 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 168 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 008 167 U Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA 184 Understanding Radio Reception 270 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0c008 419 Universal Home Remote System 143 Operation cceececeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 144 150 Vehicle CGOMION senesced eaan a ae ENNA 278 Damage Warnings s ssisciiriiriisisisisnsrsnirenas 5 Loading Fienesetecereed apenceteneetcayetgethceeense teks 322 SYMONS hisini nean Ea E a EErEE 5 Vehicle Customization DIC c cee 231 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders ccccseceeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 498 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 3 ssitecrss staecseieesronciencieies 453 Service Parts Identification Label 453 Ventilation Adjustment eeeeeeeeeereneeees 194 MIS OVS inde AE EAE A stems meee ede EEEE E 112 521 W Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 197 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 0008 220 Hazard Warning Flashers ac 166 Other Warning Devices aeee 166 Safety and Symbols ceeccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 Vehicle Damage cccseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance 0 420
231. et after a tire rotation see Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 410 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 464 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 424 415 When It Is Time for New Tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining Some commercial truck tires may not have treadwear indicators You need a new tire if any of the following statements are true e You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire e You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric 416 e The tire has a bump bulge or split e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage Buying New Tir
232. ete its diagnostic checks due to driving conditions e The message displays if an engine or vehicle related problem has been detected and the vehicle needs service See your dealer The message turns off as soon as the conditions that caused the message to be displayed are no longer present STARTING DISABLED SERVICE THROTTLE This message displays when your vehicle s throttle system is not functioning properly Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer THEFT ATTEMPTED f This message displays if the theft deterrent system has detected a break in attempt while you were away from your vehicle See Theft Deterrent System on page 112 for more information This symbol appears with this message 229 TIGHTEN GAS CAP This message displays when the fuel cap has not been fully tightened Recheck the fuel cap to ensure that it is on and tightened properly TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE If your vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system this message displays when the system is re learning the tire positions on your vehicle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 410 The tire positions must be re learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 414 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 407 for more information TRACTION CONTROL OFF This message displays when the Traction Control System TCS is turned off Adjust your driving accordingly See Traction C
233. evel the brake warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 204 Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to check your brake fluid See Scheduled Maintenance on page 471 382 Checking Brake Fluid You can check the brake fluid without taking off the cap Look at the brake fluid reservoir The fluid level should be above MIN If it is not have your brake system checked to see if there is a leak a TA After work is done on the brake hydraulic system make sure the level is above the MIN but not over the MAX mark What to Add When you do need brake fluid DOT 3 brake fluid is recommended for use DOT 4 brake fluid is also compatible with your vehicle s brake system parts However if you choose to use DOT 4 fluid it is recommended that you flush your brake hydraulic system and refill it with new DOT 4 fluid at a regular maintenance service every two years See Additional Required Services on page 473 Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 480 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This will help keep dirt from entering the reservoir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake system the brakes may not work well or they may not even work at all This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid Notice e Using the wrong fl
234. ey should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment Follow the proper installation instructions that are included with any electrical equipment you install Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter Your vehicle may have an ashtray and cigarette lighter Notice lf you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray Ashtray The ashtray is located under the climate control panel on the instrument panel Press on the door to release the ashtray To empty the ashtray remove it from the instrument panel by gripping the edges and pulling straight out To reinstall push the tray back into place There may also be ashtrays in the rear doors 187 Cigarette Lighter Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating does not let the lighter back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating can occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter i
235. eyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This part is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 43 or Infants and Young Children on page 46 Follow those rules for everyone s protection First you will want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has We will start with the driver position Driver Position Lap Shoulder Belt The driver has a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear it properly 1 Close and lock the door 2 Adjust the seat so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index 27 3 28 If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 42 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowl
236. ff the engine See PASS Key Ill Operation on page 114 for more information SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM If your vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system this message displays if a part on the system is not working properly If you drive your vehicle while any of the four sensors are missing or inoperable the warning comes on in about 10 minutes A sensor would be missing for example if you put different wheels on your vehicle without transferring the sensors If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPM See your dealer 227 SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL This message displays when there is a problem with the Traction Control System TCS When this message displays the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly See your dealer for service See Traction Control System TCS on page 281 for more information SERVICE TRANSMISSION This message displays when there is a problem with the vehicle s transmission Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer SERVICE VEHICLE SOON This message displays when a non emissions related malfunction occurs Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer as soon as possible SPEED LIMITED TO XXX MPH km h This message displays when your vehicle speed is limited to 80 mph 128 km h because the vehicle detects a problem in the speed variable assist steering magnetic ride control or automatic leveling control systems Have your
237. ff the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil 3 6L V6 Engine CS 4 6L V8 Engine If the oil is below the cross hatched area at the tip of the dipstick you need to add at least one quart liter of oil But you must use the right kind This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 464 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross hatched area that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for the location of the engine oil fill cap E7 hAM Mefpil A SAE 5W 30 Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through 361 What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM4718M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for two things e GM4718M Your vehicle s engine requi
238. formation Press the customization button until REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF There will be no feedback when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter LIGHTS ONLY The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter HORN ONLY The horn will sound on the second press of the lock button on the RKE transmitter 234 HORN amp LIGHTS default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter and the horn will sound when the lock button is pressed again within five seconds of the previous command NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when unlocking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter You will not receive feedback when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 96 for more information Press the customization button until REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feat
239. fter a Crash sisecsinavesntnessen saves nemncacsents 90 Retained Accessory Power RAP 05 118 Right Front Passenger Position Safety Belts c ciiccsstuescaetition ended 36 Roadside DOIVICE orrainn na aaan 493 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 322 Routing Engine Drive Belt sses 483 Running the Engine While Parked 133 S Safety Belt Passenger Reminder Light aaen 200 PreteNnSiOnelS eslasen 42 Reminder Light ccseseeeeeeeesereeneeees 200 Safety Belts Gale OF ccc iiidsteoasstiden E ieee 447 Driver POSION 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 27 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 27 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts ssccsscsceteccseenncecacseeeeseataawedseats 26 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 39 Safety Belts cont Rear Seat Passengers s e 36 Right Front Passenger Position 36 Safety Belt Extender a e 42 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 35 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 00 08 22 Safety Warnings and Symbols s es 4 Scheduled Maintenance ceeeeeees 471 Seats Head Restraints cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 Heated Seats cccceeeceeeeeteeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 11 Manual ccascsstubatesnatscctsacus sede sintiitdssaksendeerwase dl 9 Memory Mirrors 0ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 12 Power Lumbar cccseeeeeeenteeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaa 10 Power
240. g miles mi or kilometers km you can drive without refilling your fuel tank This estimate is based on the current driving conditions and will change if the driving conditions change For example if you are driving in traffic and making frequent stops the display may read one number but if you enter the freeway the number may change even though you still have the same amount of fuel in the fuel tank This is because different driving conditions produce different fuel economies Generally freeway driving produces better fuel economy than city driving Once the range drops below about 30 miles 48 km remaining the display will show FUEL RANGE LOW If your vehicle is low on fuel the FUEL LEVEL LOW message will be displayed See FUEL LEVEL LOW under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 for more information AVERAGE ECONOMY AFE This display shows the approximate average miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number is calculated based on the number of mpg L 100 km recorded since the last time this display was reset To reset this display press the set reset button The display will return to zero INST Instantaneous ECONOMY IFE This display shows the current fuel economy in either miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number reflects only the fuel economy that the vehicle has right now and will change frequently as driving conditions change
241. g of each power operation cycle A CAUTION You or others could be injured if caught in the path of the power liftgate Make sure there is no one in the way of the liftgate as it is opening and closing Notice lf you open the liftgate without checking for overhead obstructions such as a garage door you could break the liftgate or the liftgate glass Always check to make sure the area above the liftgate is clear before opening it To open and close the liftgate press and hold the power liftgate button on the remote keyless entry transmitter RKE until the liftgate starts moving Press the RKE button a second time during liftgate operations to reverse that operation See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 96 for more information The liftgate can also be power closed by pressing the power liftgate button next to the liftgate latch Press the button a second time during liftgate operation to reverse that operation The power liftgate may be temporarily disabled under extreme temperatures or low battery condition If this occurs the liftgate can still be operated manually 105 If you shift the transmission out of PARK P while the power function is in progress the liftgate power function will continue to completion If you shift the transmission out of PARK P and accelerate before the power liftgate latches closed the liftgate may reverse to the
242. ge 322 Also see Winter Tires under Tires on page 398 The Anti Lock Brake System ABS improves your If You Are Caught in a Blizzard vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Even though you have ABS If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in you will want to begin stopping sooner than a serious situation You should probably stay you would on dry pavement See Anti Lock Brake with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you System ABS on page 279 are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe e Turn on your hazard flashers e Allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches may appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers e Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow e Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insu
243. ge not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals 347 Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt 348 If you want to do some of your own service work you should use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper
244. ghway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controll
245. han DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than once or twice a year have your dealer check your cooling system Notice If you use
246. handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited 290 While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt Remember Any Anti Lock Brake System ABS helps avoid only the braking skid Off Road Driving This off road guide is for vehicles that have all wheel drive If your vehicle does not have all wheel drive you should not drive off road unless you are on a level solid surface Many of the same design features that help make your vehicle responsive on paved roads during
247. hange will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it EXIT LIGHTING If it is dark enough outside this feature allows you to select the amount of time you want the exterior lamps to remain on This happens after the key is turned from ON to OFF Press the customization button until EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF The exterior lamps will not turn on 30 SECONDS default The exterior lamps will stay on for 30 seconds 1 MINUTE The exterior lamps will stay on for one minute 2 MINUTES The exterior lamps will stay on for two minutes 236 NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it APPROACH LIGHTING This feature allows you to select whether or not to have the exterior lights turn on briefly during low light periods after unlocking the vehicle using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter Press the customization button until APPROACH LIGHTING appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button
248. he cause of the low oil pressure is corrected See Engine Oil on page 360 for more information This message displays when the vehicle s engine oil pressure is low The oil pressure light may also appear on the instrument panel cluster See Oil Pressure Light on page 211 A multiple chime sounds when this message is displayed See Engine Oil on page 360 for more information Stop the vehicle immediately as engine damage can result from driving a vehicle with low oil pressure Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer as soon as possible when this message is displayed 224 PARKING ASSIST OFF If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system after the vehicle has been started this message displays to reminder the driver that the URPA system has been turned off Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and clear it from the DIC display To turn the URPA system back on see PARKING ASSIST under DIC Controls and Displays on page 215 See Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA on page 184 for more information PASSENGER DOOR OPEN This message displays when the passengers side front door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely REAR ACCESS OPEN This message displays when the liftgate is not closed completely Make sure that the liftgate is closed completely REMOTE KEY LEARNING ACTIVE This message displays while you are matching a Remote Keyless Entry
249. he replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly The Tire and Loading Information label shows the size of your vehicle s original tires and their recommended cold inflation pressures See Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 for the location of the tire and loading information label Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 407 Your vehicle s TPMS can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 414 and Tires on page 398 Notice Do not use a tire sealant if your vehicle has Tire Pressure Monitors The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure monitor sensors 412 TPM Sensor Identification Codes Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors or rotate your vehicle s tires the identification codes need to be matched to the new tire wheel position The sensors are matched to the tire wheel positions in the following order driver s side front tire passenger s side front tire passenger s side rear tire and drivers side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer for service The TPMS sensors can also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure If increasing the tire s air pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall
250. he airbag readiness light ever come on together it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 201 203 Charging System Light This light will come on briefly when the ignition is turned to ON to show that it is working It should turn off once the engine is running If it stays on or comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the charging system It could indicate that there is a problem with the generator generator drive belt or another electrical problem Have is checked right away Driving while this light is on could drain your battery If you must drive a short distance with the light on be certain to turn off all unnecessary accessories such as the radio and air conditioner 204 Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected O Canada BRAKE United States This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to ON If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to w
251. he factory but they may have been changed from their default state since that time The customization preferences are automatically recalled To change customization preferences use the following procedure Entering the Feature Settings Menu 1 Turn the ignition on and place the vehicle in PARK P To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off 2 Press the customization button to enter the feature settings menu If the menu is not available FEATURE SETTINGS AVAILABLE IN PARK will display Before entering the menu make sure the vehicle is in PARK P 231 Feature Settings Menu Items The following are customization features that allow you to program settings to the vehicle DISPLAY IN ENGLISH This feature will only display if a language other than English has been set This feature allows you to change the language in which the DIC messages appear back to English Press the customization button until the DISPLAY IN ENGLISH screen appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to select English as the language in which all DIC messages will appear DISPLAY LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC messages will appear Press the customization button until the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scro
252. he ignition off See Lights On Reminder on page 212 for additional information Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The DRL system will make the turn signal lamps come on when the following conditions are met e tis daylight and the ignition is in the ON or START position e The exterior lamp control is in the off or AUTO position and the headlamps are off e The automatic transmission is not in PARK P When DRL are on only the front turn signal lamps will be on No other exterior lamps will be on The instrument panel cluster will not be lit up either 179 When the exterior lamp control is in AUTO and it is dark enough outside the DRL will turn off and the low beam headlamps will turn on When it is bright enough outside the low beam headlamps will go off and the DRL will turn back on If you start the vehicle in a dark garage the automatic headlamp system will come on immediately Once you leave the garage it will take about one minute for the automatic headlamp system to change to DRL if it is light outside During that delay the instrument panel cluster may not be as bright as usual Make sur
253. he sunshade Press the front of the switch to the first stop to close the sunshade to a desired position at a normal speed Press the switch forward to the second stop to express close the sunshade Anti Pinch Feature If an object is in the path of the sunroof when it is closing the anti pinch feature will detect the object and stop the sunroof from closing at the point of the obstruction The sunroof will then reverse To close the sunroof once it has re opened remove the obstruction and press the front of the sunroof switch Resynchronization To resynchronize the sunroof and sunshade do the following 1 With the engine running press and hold both the sunroof switch in the open position and the sunshade switch in the closed position for six seconds 2 Release both buttons 3 When the sunroof reaches the fully closed position the sunshade will close 4 After the sunroof and sunshade have fully closed continue to hold the sunroof switch in the closed position for an additional three or four seconds to complete the resynchronization process 157 Sunroof Ultra View Plus The vehicle may have an Ultra View sunroof over the first two rows of seats and a smaller sunroof over the third row seat Both have sunshades but a the back sunroof does not open The ignition A CAUTION must be turned to ON or ACCESSORY or the Retained Accessory Power RAP must be active People who are in a crash and not to operate i
254. he two sides of the airbox are hinged at the bottom Open the airbox by pushing the top of the airbox cover toward the engine 366 4 Remove the air filter by lifting it straight up through the opening in the airbox 5 Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter See Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 482 for the correct part number for the filter 6 Reinstall the cover by reversing Steps 1 through 4 A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transmission Fluid How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take the vehicle to the dealership service department and have it repaired as soon as possible There is a special procedure for checking and changing the transmission fluid Because this procedure is difficult you should have this
255. hing until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery 9 10 11 Connect the other end of the negative cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Your vehicle s remote negative ground location is for this purpose Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service 391 Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal 392 To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1
256. ht is at least 75 percent of the vehicle s Gross Combination Weight Rating GCWR See Weight of the Trailer later in this section Press this button located on the console to enable disable the tow haul mode A light on the instrument panel will illuminate to indicate that tow haul mode has been selected The vehicle will automatically turn off tow haul every time it is started Driving with tow haul activated without a heavy load or with no trailer will cause reduced fuel economy and unpleasant engine and transmission driving characteristics but will not cause damage 333 Operating the vehicle in tow haul when lightly loaded or with no trailer at all will not cause damage However there is no benefit to the selection of tow haul when the vehicle is unloaded Such a selection when unloaded may result in unpleasant engine and transmission driving characteristics and reduced fuel economy Tow haul is recommended only when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information
257. i aada Front AXIE oaiae nta dani ikiia Bulb Replacement o cccecccceeecceeeeeeeeees Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement TIES danys sdn oE Appearance Care oo cceeeececsssseeeeeeeeeeeeeees Vehicle Identification oo eeeeceeeee Electrical System on cece eeeccccceeeeeceeeee ees Capacities and Specifications Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule assen Customer Assistance Information Customer Assistance and Information _ Reporting Safety Defects oo eee GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem CADILLAC the CADILLAC Crest and Wreath and the name SRX are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes to the product after that time without notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Cadillac Motor Car Division whenever it appears in this manual Litho in U S A Part No 15861908 A First Printing This manual describes features that may be available in this model but your vehicle may not have all of them For example more than one entertainment system may be offered or your vehicle may have been ordered without a front passenger or rear seats Keep this manual in the vehicle so it will be there if it is needed while you are on the road If the vehicle is sold leave this manual in the vehicle Canadian Owners
258. ically tilt down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R See Outside Curb View Assist Mirror on page 138 for more information Press the customization button until PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF default Neither outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R 237 DRIVER MIRROR The driver s outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R PASSENGER MIRROR The passenger s outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R BOTH MIRRORS The drivers and passenger s outside mirrors will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it EASY EXIT SEAT If the vehicle has this feature it allows you to select your preference for the automatic easy exit seat feature See Memory Seat and Mirrors on page 12 for more information 238 Press the customization button until EASY EXIT SEAT appears in the display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings
259. ice may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The FCC Grant of Equipment Authorization Certificate number is CB2SAHL3 This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device The Canadian Registration ID number is 2791021849A Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 144 Universal Home Remote System Operation With Three Round LED Your vehicle may have the Universal Home Remote System If there are three round Light Emitting Diode LED above the Universal Home Remote System buttons follow the instructions below If there is one triangular LED above the Universal Home Remote System buttons follow the instructions under Universal Home Remote System Operation with one triangular LED This system provides a way to replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home lighting Do not use this system with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature This includes any garage door opener model manufac
260. icle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather 108 The power window switches are located on the armrest near each window Power Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome from extreme heat in warm or hot weather and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many Press the switch to the first position to lower the reasons children or others could be badly window to the desired level Pull the switch injured or even killed They could operate up to raise the window the power windows or other controls or Your vehicle has Retained Accessory Power RAP even make the vehicle move The that allows you to use the power windows once the windows will function with the keys in the ignition has been turned off For more information ignition and they could be seriously see Retained Accessory Power RAP on injured or killed if caught in the path of a page 118 closing window Do not leave keys in a vehicle with children When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows 109 Express Down Window This feature is on all windows Press the switch to the second position and release the switch to activate the express down feature To stop the window as i
261. ide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or a crash 38 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides A CAUTION Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder who have outgrown booster seats and for small belt is too loose In a crash you would adults When installed on a shoulder belt the move forward too much which could comfort guide better positions the belt away from increase injury The shoulder belt should the neck and head fit against your body There is one guide available for each of the rear outside passenger positions in the second row To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle 39 Here is how to install the comfort guide to the shoulder belt 1 Slide the guide off of its storage clip located on the seatback 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top 2 Slide the guide under and past the belt The elastic cord must be under the belt Then place the guide over the belt and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 40 A CAUTION A
262. ies have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Exterior Lighting Battery Saver If the parking lamps or headlamps have been left on the exterior lamps will turn off about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned to OFF This protects against draining the battery in case the headlamps or parking lamps have been left on The battery saver does not work if the headlamps are turned on after the ignition is turned to OFF If you need to leave the lamps on for more than 10 minutes use the exterior lamp control to turn the lamps back on Instrument Panel Brightness Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the interior lights To turn on the dome lamps turn the knob completely clockwise as far as it will go The dome lamps stay on until they are turned off 181 Entry Lighting The entry lighting system turns on the reading and dome lamps and the backlighting to the exterior lamp control when a door is opened or if the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter unlock button is pressed If activated by the RKE the lighting will remain active for about 25 seconds The entry lighting system uses the light sensor on the instrument panel so it must be dark outside in order for the lamps to turn on The lamps turn off about 25 seconds after the last door is closed They will dim to off if the ignition key is turned to ON or immediately turn off if the power locks are used 182
263. ight digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown Radio ID not known If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there should only be if could be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer hardware failure Check XM Receivr Hardware failure If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer XM Not Available XM Not Available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer 265 Navigation Radio System Your vehicle could have a navigation radio system The navigation system has built in features intended to minimize driver distraction Technology alone no matter how advanced can never replace your own judgment See the Navigation System manual for some tips to help you reduce distractions while driving Rear Seat Entertainment System If your vehicle has a navigation radio system it could have the Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system For more information on how to use the RSE system see Rear Seat Entertainment System in the Navigation System manual 266 Rear Seat Audio RSA This feature lets rear seat passengers listen to and control any of the music sources radio CDs DVDs or other auxiliary sources However the rear seat passengers can only control the music sources the front seat passengers are not listening to except on
264. ight on the instrument panel cluster will be on indicating high beam usage Flash to Pass This feature allows you to use the high beam headlamps to signal the driver in front of you that you want to pass Pull and hold the turn signal multifunction lever toward you to use this feature When you do this the following will occur e If the headlamps are off in low beam or in Daytime Running Lamps DRL mode the high beam headlamps will turn on They will stay on as long as you hold the lever there Release the lever to turn them off e If the headlamps are in high beam mode they will switch to low beam To return to high beam push the lever away from you 169 Windshield Wipers The lever on the right side of the steering column operates the windshield wipers wv Mist Pull the lever down and release it for a single wiping cycle The lever will return to its original position For more cycles hold the lever down before releasing it Off Put the lever in this position to turn off the wipers 7 Delay Put the lever in this position to set a delay between wipes Turn the delay adjustment band to set the length of the delay j Delay Adjustment Use this band to set the length of the delay between wipes when using the delay feature 170 The closer you move the band toward mist the longer the delay The windshield wiper lever must be in delay for this feature to work GB Low Speed Put th
265. il has been changed the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message and the oil life indicator must be reset 364 How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change the engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Anytime your oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change your oil prior to a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message coming on reset the system Always reset the engine oil life to 100 after every oil change It will not reset itself To reset the Engine Oil Life System do the following 1 Display the OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 2 Press and hold the SET RESET button on the DIC for more than five seconds The oil life will change to 100 If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes back on when you start your vehicle the Engine Oil Life System has not reset Repeat the procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sur
266. ill be driving 351 The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the passenger s side of the vehicle Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near To open the fuel door apply pressure in the center fuel or refueling your vehicle Do not use of the rear edge of the fuel door and it will pop open cellular phones Keep sparks flames and To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly smoking materials away from fuel Do not counterclockwise The fuel cap has a spring in it if leave the fuel pump unattended when the cap is released too soon it will spring back refueling your vehicle This is against the to the right law in some places Do not re enter While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap from vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children the hook on the fuel door away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel 352 A CAUTION If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do
267. ine vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs ue help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense gasoline only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete e Do not smoke while pumping gasoline Do not use a cellular phone while pumping gasoline 354 An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the hood release lever with this symbol on it It is located inside the vehicle on the lower left side of the instrument panel 2 Then go to the front of the vehicle and find the secondary hood release lever The lever is located under the front edge of the grille near the center Move the release lever to the side and raise the hood Before closing
268. ing Mode on page 374 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 374 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine An overheat warning can indicate a serious problem If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no steam the problem might not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day e Stop after high speed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic e Tow a trailer If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL N while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL N and let the engine idle 2 Set the climate controls to the highest heat setting and fan speed and open the windows as necessary If the coolant warning light is not on or the coolant temperature gage does not indicate the engine is overheating you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warnings do not come back on drive normally If the warnings continue and you have not stopped pull over stop and park the vehicle right away
269. ion but should not be lubricated unless their temperature is 10 F 12 C or higher or they could be damaged 474 a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for pee hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts signs of wear or lack of lubrication Inspect power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine GM parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Visually inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking Replace wiper blades that appear worn or damaged or that streak or miss areas of the windshield e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts repl
270. is completely full e Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage your washer system and paint Brakes Brake Fluid Your brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for the location of the reservoir DOT 3 AR There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake system If it is you should have your brake system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes will not work well or will not work at all 381 So it is not a good idea to top off your brake fluid Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak If you add fluid when your linings are worn then you will have too much fluid when you get new brake linings You should add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION If you have too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system See Checking Brake Fluid in this section When the brake fluid falls to a low l
271. is manual for more information 1 6 Preset Stations Press this button to play stations that are programmed on the radio preset pushbuttons The radio seeks preset stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band While a CD is playing press this button to go to the next track 269 Volume Press this button to increase or to decrease the volume M gt Seek Press either arrow to go to the next or the previous radio station and stay there The radio seeks stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band While a CD is playing in a single CD player press the minus button to go to the previous track or the plus button to go to the next track on the CD While a CD is playing in a six disc CD player loaded with more than one CD press the minus button to go to the previous disc or the plus button to go to the next disc If the radio has the navigation system some of the audio steering wheel controls work when a DVD is playing in the navigation radio See the Navigation System manual for more information 270 Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cellphone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is gr
272. is playing The portable audio device continues playing so you might want to stop it or power it off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when a portable audio device is playing Press this button again and the system begins playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays Using an MP3 MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW Disc The radio plays MP3 and WMA files that were recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc The files can be recorded with the following fixed bit rates 32 kbps 40 kbps 56 kbps 64 kbps 80 kbps 96 kbps 112 kbps 128 kbps 160 kbps 192 kbps 224 kbps 256 kbps and 320 kbps or a variable bit rate Song title artist name and album can display when files are recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 Compressed Audio The radio also plays discs that contain both standard uncompressed CD audio and MP3 WMA compressed audio files By default the radio reads only the uncompressed audio and ignores the MP3 WMA files Pressing the CAT category button toggles between compressed and uncompressed audio format MP3 WMA Format If you burn your own MP3 WMA disc on a personal computer e Make sure the MP3 files are recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc e Make sure the CD does not have more than a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files to read and play e Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while dri
273. ith a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transmission in PARK P or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake Notice lf you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlets Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 387 il Z D VAIN Open the hoods and locate the positive and negative terminal locations of the other vehicle as well as the positive terminal location on your vehicle s battery See Engine Compartment Overview on
274. iver Information Center DIC 214 DIC Controls and Displays 0 c 215 DIC Warnings and Messages 0005 220 DIC Vehicle Customization 0 c0 231 162 Instrument Panel Audio System S 240 Setting the Time Radio with Single CD Player ciacsin itestineedeneasiee 242 Setting the Time Radio with Six Disc CD Player ics vient eivciteme enamine 244 Radio with CD c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeneeeeeeees 246 Using an MPS crtcsusvetet svcecettencmeecntaeaeemetateees 257 XM Radio Messages cecce 264 Navigation Radio System sece 266 Rear Seat Entertainment System 266 Rear Seat Audio RSA ecce 266 Theft Deterrent Feature cee 268 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 269 Radio Reception cccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 270 Care of Your CDS eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 271 Care of the CD Player a se 271 Diversity Antenna System eee 272 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 272 NOTES 163 Instrument Panel Overview The main components of the instrument panel are the following A B C Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 194 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 167 Instrument Panel Cluster See nstrument
275. ke pedal driving positions The buttons for this feature are located on the driver s door armrest Use the following steps to program the buttons 1 Adjust the drivers seat including the seatback recliner both outside mirrors and the throttle and brake pedals See Outside Power Heated Mirrors on page 137 and Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 120 for more information 2 Press and hold button 1 for at least three seconds Two beeps will sound to confirm that the seat and mirror positions have been saved 3 Repeat the procedure for a second driver using button 2 The vehicle must be in PARK P to recall the stored driving positions Press one of the numbered memory buttons to recall the stored setting Each time a memory button is pressed a single beep will sound A chime will sound and the setting will not be recalled if you press button 1 or 2 when the vehicle is not in PARK P If you would like the stored driving positions to be recalled when unlocking your vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter or when you place the key in the ignition see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 231 To stop recall movement of the memory feature at any time press one of the power seat or mirror controls Two personalized exit positions can also be programmed Use the following steps to program exit positions 1 Press memory seat button 1 or the button with the unlock symbol on the remote keyless ent
276. ke sure there is ability With the engine running shift to room in front of your vehicle in case it PARK P Then release the parking brake begins to roll Be ready to apply the followed by the regular brake regular brake at once should the vehicle Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service is begin to move required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect 479 Recommended Fluids and Usage Fluid Lubricant i 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable Lubricants Engine Coolant Water and use only DEX COOL 9 Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 368 Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid se lle GM Optikleen Washer Solvent GM Power Steering Fluid Power Steering GM Part No U S 89021184 y in Canada 89021186 Automatic DEXRON VI Automatic Transmission Transmission Fluid Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Key Lock GM Part No U S 12346241 y in Canada 10953474 Chassis Lubricant GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer Usage Fluid Lubricant The engine requires a special engine oil meeting GM Stand
277. ke system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Verify that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving A warning chime will sound if the parking brake is set the ignition is on and the vehicle begins to move To stop the chime fully release the parking brake If you are towing a trailer and parking on a hill see Towing a Trailer on page 331 for more information Shifting Into Park P To shift into PARK P use the following steps 1 Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P b A CAUTION pressing the button on the cae shift lever while pushing the lever all the way It can be dangerous to get out of your toward the front of the vehicle Release vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in the button PARK P with the parking brake firmly 3 With your right foot still holding the brake set Your vehicle can roll If you have left pedal down set the parking brake with the engine running the vehicle can move your left foot See Parking Brake on page 127 suddenly You or others could be injured for more information To be sure your vehicle will not move 4 Turn the key to OFF even when you are on fairly level ground 5 Remove the key from the ignition switch and use the steps that follow If you are take it with you If you can leave your vehicle pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on with the key in your hand the vehicle i
278. km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well the cruise control works on hills depends upon the vehicle speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle s speed When going downhill you might have to brake to keep the vehicle s speed down Applying the brake will turn off the cruise control If you need to apply the brake due to the grade of the downhill slope you might not want to attempt to use your cruise control feature Ending Cruise Control To end a cruise control session step lightly on the brake pedal Stepping on the brake pedal will end the current cruise control session only Move the cruise control switch to off to turn off the system completely Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition the cruise control set speed memory is erased 177 Headlamps The exterior lamp control is located in the middle of the turn signal multifunction lever Exterior Lamp Control Turn the control with this symbol on it to operate the exterior lamps The exterior lamp control has four positions c On Off Turn the control to this position to turn off all lamps e
279. knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking your engine needs service If your vehicle has the 4 6L V8 engine VIN Code A use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher You may also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but your vehicle s acceleration may be slightly reduced and you may notice a slight audible knocking noise commonly referred to as spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you may notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you might damage your engine If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking your engine needs service 349 Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 in Canada Some gasolines may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT General Motors recommends against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 350 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifica
280. l To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system 52 See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 55 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint There are several systems for securing the child within the child restraint One system the three point harness has straps that come down over each of the infant s shoulders and buckle together at the crotch The five point harness system has two shoulder straps two hip straps and a crotch strap A shield may take the place of hip straps A T shaped shield has shoulder straps that are attached to a flat pad which rests low against the child
281. l The player scans the disc to sort the files by artist and album ID3 tag information It could take several minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of MP3 files recorded to the CD R The radio might begin playing while it is scanning the disc in the background When the scan is finished the CD R begins playing again Once the disc has scanned the player defaults to playing MP3 files in order by artist The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the display between the arrows Once all songs by that artist have played the player moves to the next artist in alphabetical order on the CD R and begins playing MP3 files by that artist To listen to MP3 files by another artist press the pushbutton located below either arrow button The CD goes to the next or previous artist in alphabetical order Continue pressing either button until the desired artist displays To change from playback by artist to playback by album press the pushbutton located below the Sort By label From the sort screen push one of the buttons below the album button Press the pushbutton below the Back label to return to the main music navigator screen Now the album name displays on the second line between the arrows and songs from the current album begins to play Once all songs from that album have played the player moves to the next album in alphabetical order on the CD R and begins playing MP3 files from that album To exit music navigato
282. l to go straight down the roadway Passing The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two lane highway waits for just the right moment accelerates moves around the vehicle ahead then goes back into the right lane again A simple maneuver Not necessarily Passing another vehicle on a two lane highway is a potentially dangerous move since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds A miscalculation an error in judgment or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents the head on collision 287 So here are some tips for passing 288 Drive ahead Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass wait for a better time Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection delay your pass A broken center line usually indicates it is all right to pass providing the road ahead is clear Never cross a solid line on your side of the lane or a double solid line even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you are awaiting an opportunity For one thing following too closely reduces your area of vision especially if
283. l to go to the first track in the previous folder gt Next Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the next folder lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within an MP3 file Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays 261 gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within an MP3 file Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays RDM Random With the random setting MP3 files on the CD R can be played in random rather than sequential order on one CD R or all discs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following 1 To play MP3 files from the CD R in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 2 To play songs from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 262 Music Navigator Use the music navigator feature to play MP3 files on the CD R in order by artist or album Press the pushbutton located below the music navigator labe
284. label is attached to either the drivers door edge or the lower center pillar on the driver s side of the vehicle This label shows the gross weight capacity of your vehicle and is called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel cargo and trailer tongue weight if pulling a trailer The Certification Tire label also tells you the maximum weights for the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the GAWR for either the front or rear axle And if you do have a heavy load you should spread it out Similar appearing vehicles may have different GVWRs and payloads Please note the Certification Tire label on your truck or consult your dealer for additional details A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle 327 If you put things inside your vehicle like suitca
285. larly under dusty conditions the filter could require replacement more often k f you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change I Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary m If using DOT 4 brake fluid only Drain flush and refill brake hydraulic system at a regular maintenance service I or IT every two years This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Brakes on page 381 476 Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your GM Goodwrench dealer can assist you with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 480 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 360 for further details Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by your warranty
286. lass would making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly Remember that the headlamps light up far less of a roadway when you are in a turn or curve Keep your eyes moving that way it is easier to pick out dimly lighted objects Just as the headlamps should be checked regularly for proper aim so should your eyes be examined regularly Some drivers suffer from night blindness the inability to see in dim light and are not even aware of it 307 aiii in Rain and on Wet Roads yh I Mh ay MMM ee Lay ee m m f Wy Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble On a wet road you cannot stop accelerate or turn as well because your tire to road traction is not as good as on dry roads And if your tires do not have much tread left you will get even less traction It is always wise to go slower and be cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement 308 The heavier the rain the harder it is to see Even if your windshield wiper blades are in good shape a heavy rain can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals pavement markings the edge of the road and even people walking It is wise to keep your wiping equipment in good shape and keep your windshield washer fluid reservoir filled with washer fluid Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missi
287. lat Tire with Third Row third row seat Passengers 4 Route the tie down strap through the tire as 1 Put back all tools as they were stored in the shown in the graphic and attach the strap to rear storage compartment and put the the cargo tie downs in the rear of the vehicle compartment cover back on 5 Tighten the tie down strap 2 Use the power third row seat button near the liftgate to tilt the third row seatback forward slightly 439 Storing the Flat Tire with a Flat Load Floor 1 Put back all tools as they were stored in the rear storage compartment and put the compartment cover back on 2 Place the flat tire in the tire storage bag and put the tire in a horizontal position on the floor in the rear of the vehicle 440 3 Route the tie down strap through the tire as shown in the graphic and attach the strap to the cargo tie downs in the rear of the vehicle 4 Tighten the tie down strap Storing the Spare Tire and Tools A CAUTION The underbody mounted spare tire needs to be stored with the valve stem pointing down If the spare tire is stored with the valve stem pointing upwards its secondary latch will not work properly and the spare tire could loosen and suddenly fall from your vehicle If this happened when your vehicle was being driven the tire might contact a person or another vehicle causing injury and of course damage to itself as well Be sure the underbody mounted spare tire is stored with its
288. lators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm 319 You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful 320 A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with your headlamps Let the heater run for a while Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do so
289. ld Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture High Speed Operation A CAUTION Driving at high speeds 100 mph 160 km h or higher puts an additional strain on tires Sustained high speed driving causes excessive heat build up and can cause sudden tire failure You could have a crash and you or others could be killed Some high speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for high speed operation When speed limits and road conditions are such that a vehicle can be driven at high speeds make sure the tires are rated for high speed operation in excellent condition and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load If you will be driving at high speeds speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal set the co
290. ld inflation pressure to the maximum inflation pressure shown on the tire sidewall or 38 psi 265 kPa whichever is lower See the example following When you end this high speed driving return the tires to the cold inflation pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 Example You will find the maximum load and inflation pressure molded on the tire s sidewall in small letters near the rim flange It will read something like this Maximum load 690 kg 1521 Ibs 300 kPa 44 psi Max Press For this example you would set the inflation pressure for high speed driving at 38 psi 265 kPa 409 Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels If your vehicle has this feature sensors are mounted on each tire and wheel assembly except for the compact spare tire and wheel The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle The TPMS is designed to alert the driver if a low pressure condition exists Using the Driver Information Center DIC the driver can also check tire pressure levels using the DIC For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Controls and Displays on page 215 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 410 When a low tire pressure con
291. le This reduces wear on the brakes system and increases control of the vehicle The system constantly monitors the vehicle s speed acceleration throttle position and whether the brake pedal is being pressed and determines when to keep the current vehicle speed or to slow down The system will then automatically command downshifts that reduces the vehicles speed until the brake pedal is no longer being pressed This indicates the desired vehicle speed has been reached The tow haul mode and grade braking shift modes can be activated by pressing the button on the instrument panel console While in the DSC mode grade braking is deactivated allowing the driver to select a gear See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 122 Parking Brake The parking brake pedal is located on the lower portion of the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel To set the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down with your right foot and push the parking brake pedal down with your left foot If the ignition is on the brake system warning light on the instrument panel cluster should come on If it does not you need to have your vehicle serviced See Brake System Warning Light on page 204 for more information 127 P To release the parking brake pull the release lever located to the left of the steering wheel on the instrument panel 128 Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the bra
292. le was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on the vehicle you should stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have the full size tire repaired or replaced where you want You must calibrate the tire inflation monitor system after installing or removing the compact spare See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 410 The system may not work correctly when the compact spare is installed on the vehicle Of course it s best to replace the spare with a full size tire as soon as you can The spare will last longer and be in good shape in case you need it again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails That can damage the tire and wheel and maybe other parts of your vehicle Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep the spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit your compact spare Using them can damage your vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on your compact spare
293. left and right wheels may not prevent the vehicle from tilting and rolling over Also driving across an incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels This could cause a downhill slide or a rollover e Surface conditions can be a problem when you drive across a hill Loose gravel muddy spots or even wet grass can cause your tires to slip sideways downhill If the vehicle slips sideways it can hit something that will trip it a rock a rut etc and roll over 301 e Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the incline even worse If you drive across a rock with the uphill wheels or if the downhill wheels drop into a rut or depression your vehicle can tilt even more For reasons like these you need to decide carefully whether to try to drive across an incline Just because the trail goes across the incline does not mean you have to drive it The last vehicle to try it might have rolled over A CAUTION Driving across an incline that is too steep will make your vehicle roll over You could be seriously injured or killed If you have any doubt about the steepness of the incline do not drive across it Find another route instead 302 Q What if am driving across an incline that is not too steep but I hit some loose gravel and start to slide downhill What should do A If you feel your vehicle starting to slide sideways turn downhill This should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent the
294. lem Have it inspected and repaired How to Check Lubricant To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be on a level surface 394 If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the rear axle you ll need to add some lubricant Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 480 Front Axle When to Check and Change Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check the front axle fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem Have it inspected and repaired How to Check Lubricant A Drain Plug B Filler Plug To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be on a level surface If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the front axle you may need to add some lubricant What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 480 395 Bulb Replacement It is recommended that all bulbs be replaced by your dealer High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting A CAUTION The low beam high intensity discharge lighting system operates at a very high voltage If you try to service any of the system components you could be seriously injured Have
295. ll through the following settings ENGLISH default All messages will appear in English 232 DEUTSCH German All messages will appear in German FRANCAIS French All messages will appear in French ESPANOL Spanish All messages will appear in Spanish JAPANESE All messages will appear in Japanese ARABIC All messages will appear in Arabic NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it AUTO DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select when the vehicle s doors will automatically lock See Programmable Automatic Door Locks on page 102 for more information Press the customization button until AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings SHIFT OUT OF PARK default The vehicle s doors automatically lock when the doors are closed and the vehicle is shifted out of PARK P AT VEHICLE SPEED The vehicle s doors automatically lock when the vehicle speed is above 5 mph 8 km h for three seconds NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it AUTO DOOR UNLOC
296. lled if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is turned on Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 81 for more on this including important safety information If after several seconds all status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer for service A CAUTION If the off indicator and t
297. lock and date settings appear 4 Press the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label until the menu for default clock and date settings appear 244 5 Press the pushbutton located under the currently displayed status of either ON or OFF The ON display indicates the radio clock display is disabled and the OFF display indicates the radio clock display is enabled Press this pushbutton to toggle the radio clock display on or off If the radio clock display is turned on the screen displays Radio Clock ON for 10 seconds then returns to the original clock display menu If the radio clock display is turned off the screen displays Radio Clock OFF for 10 seconds The menus for clock and date settings are removed and ON displays as a current status indicating that the clock display can be turned on if desired The radio clock and analog clock are not synchronized Occasionally you might need to set the digital radio clock using the procedure below to synchronize both clocks Setting the Time and Date on the Digital Radio Clock If your vehicle has a radio with a six disc CD player it has a MENU button for setting the time and date To set the time and date do the following 1 2 3 Turn the radio on Press the MENU button until the clock option is displayed Press the pushbutton located under the clock label and the HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year displays Press the pushb
298. lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in operating range This is normal for any RKE system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this e Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 96 e If you are still having trouble see your dealer or a qualified technician for service 95 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation With this feature you can lock and unlock the doors a
299. lt even with frontal airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door 72 A CAUTION Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 43 or Infants and Young Children on page 46 There is an airbag readiness light on the e instrument panel cluster which shows the N airbag symbol The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 201 for more information Where Are the Airbags The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel 73 The right front passenger s frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side 74 The drivers seat mounted side impact airbag is in the side of the driver s seatback closest to the door The right front passenger s seat mounted side The roof mounted side impact airbag for the driver impact airb
300. lts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job Ina crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash The height of the front seat head restraints can be adjusted Pull the restraint up to raise it To lower it press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the head restraint down The front seat head restraints can also tilt forward and rearward The second row seat head rests do not tilt The height of the second row seat outboard head rests and the third row seat head rests if the vehicle has them can be adjusted Pull these head rests up or push them down for adjustment The second row seat may have a head rest in the center position 17 If the vehicle has third row seats the head rests adjust like the front seat head restraints
301. ly a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper e Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 132 Dirt and water can too 337 Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturers recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes If you tow more than 1 000 Ibs 450 kg use trailer brakes Because your vehicle has anti lock brakes don t try to tap into your vehicle s hydraulic brake system If you do both brake systems won t work well or at all Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly 338 Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road
302. m 101 Delayed LOCKING ccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 102 Eo E E T E cee 100 Power Door LOCKS sisisssssiirronrirrirrisisssasa 101 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 102 Rear Door Security Locks ceeeee 103 Driver Position Safety Belt cccecceeeeeeeeeeeees 27 Driver Information Center DIC 00 214 DIC Controls and Displays eeee 215 DIC Vehicle Customization ee 231 DIC Warnings and Messages 008 220 Driving AE Nighi erio ieaiaia aa 306 CY E E E E S 311 DGIONSIVG seirena 274 Driving cont DUNK OM sasnoninnn a 275 FrOOWAY s reysasedisdsnaeio mitin eine paa 312 Hill and Mountain Roads 2 ee 315 In Rain and on Wet Roads 0068 308 OMPROAG eorna EE EEEa 291 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 322 WINE oniiir ea iit arsivimenss reves vert 317 Dual Climate Control System ee 189 DVD Rear Seat Entertainment System 266 E Electric Power Management cecene 183 Electrical System Add On Equipment s es 454 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0008 455 Power Windows and Other Power Options ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 454 Rear Underseat Fuse Block 460 462 Underhood Fuse Block sace 455 Windshield Wiper Fuses scce 454 511 Engine Air Cleaner Filter cccceeecsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Battery Check and Service Engine Soon Light C
303. m ceee 81 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 87 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 00 2 79 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates oo eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 80 Airbag System cont When Should an Airbag Inflate 77 Where Are the Airbags cscs 73 All Wheel Drive cccsseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 392 All Wheel Drive AWD System 08 284 Analog COCK sisiring 188 Antenna Diversity Antenna System 272 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna System seeen 272 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 0 279 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 205 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 449 Care of Safety Belts eee 447 Chemical Paint Spotting ee 451 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 448 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 443 FADtle Carpet eccdctesecaneseeneteceSavasuiiteneensisees 445 FINISH Gare omaisensa aaa 448 FINISH Damage ersa 451 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces 00 ee 446 Leather ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeees 446 Sheet Metal Damage n 450 Speaker Covers cccscccccccccesceesereseseres 447 507 Appearance Care cont TIES aeai ren a a aE 450 Underbody Maintenance nne 451 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 452 Washing Your Vehicle acses 447 WeatherstripS iisissirisrsrrrcrarsisrrcessrianinare 4
304. m driving in flat or rolling terrain 315 A CAUTION Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down They could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill e Know how to go down hills The most important thing to know is this let your engine do some of the slowing down Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill 316 Know how to go uphill You may want to shift down to a lower gear The lower gears help cool your engine and transmission and you can climb the hill better Stay in your own lane when driving on two lane roads in hills or mountains Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane As you go over the top of a hill be alert There could be something in your lane like a stalled car or an accident You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of special problems Examples are long grades passing or no passing zones a falling rocks area or winding roads Be alert to these and take appropriate action Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving e Have your vehicle in good shape for winter e You may want to put winter emergency supplies in your vehicle Also see Tir
305. mage the transmitter 97 To replace the battery in the RKE transmitter do the following 1 98 Use a flat object with a thin edge into the notch located below the trunk release button and separate the bottom half from the top half of the transmitter Remove the old battery but do not use a metal object to do this Slide the new battery into the transmitter with the positive side of the battery facing down Use a type CR2032 battery or equivalent type Make sure the cover is on tightly so water will not get in Snap the front and the back of the transmitter together Test the operation of the transmitter with the vehicle To replace the battery in the RKE transmitter do the following 1 Use a flat object with a thin edge into the notch located above the metal base and separate the bottom half from the top half of the transmitter Remove the old battery but do not use a metal object to do this Slide the new battery into the transmitter with the positive side of the battery facing up Use a type CR2032 battery or equivalent type Make sure the cover is on tightly so water will not get in Snap the front and the back of the transmitter together Test the operation of the transmitter with the vehicle 99 Doors and Locks Door Locks A CAUTION Unlocked doors can be d
306. matic Door Locks Your vehicle is programmed so that when the doors are closed the ignition is on and the shift lever is moved out of PARK P all the doors will lock The front door inside handles will remain active The doors will unlock every time you stop the vehicle and move the shift lever back into PARK P If someone needs to exit the vehicle once the doors are locked have that person use the manual lever or power door lock switch for the rear doors The front doors will remain unlocked from inside the vehicle When the door is closed again it will not lock automatically Use the manual lever or the power door lock switch to lock the door The power door locks can be programmed through prompts displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC These prompts allow you to choose various lock and unlock settings For more information on programming see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 231 Rear Door Security Locks Your vehicle has rear door security locks that prevent passengers from opening the rear doors on your vehicle from the inside The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door You must open the rear doors to access them To use these locks do the following 1 Insert your key into the slot next to the rear door security lock label and turn it to engage the lock 2 Close the door 3 Repeat the steps for the other rear door The rear doors on your vehicle cannot be o
307. mature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank If you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the surge tank If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the FULL COLD FROID line on the side of the coolant surge tank add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank but be sure the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool before you do it See Engine Coolant on page 368 for more information 376 A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle
308. me by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down 119 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty 120 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal If your vehicle has this feature you can change the position of the throttle and brake pedals
309. me fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck you need to spin the wheels but you do not want to spin the wheels too fast The method known as rocking can help you get out when you are stuck but you must use caution A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured And the transmission or other parts of the vehicle can overheat That could cause an engine compartment fire or other damage When you are stuck spin the wheels as little as possible Do not spin the wheels above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer Notice Spinning the wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the tires If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting the transmission back and forth you can destroy the transmission For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 422 321 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right That will clear the area around the front wheels Turn the StabiliTrak System off See StabiliTrak System on page 283 Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear spinning the wheels as little as possible Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission i
310. ment Overview on page 356 for more You can be burned if you spill coolant on f information on location hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure it is hand tight and fully seated 371 Engine Overheating There are two engine hot messages that could be displayed in the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 for more information If the engine is overheating then you will find a coolant temperature gage and a coolant warning light on the instrument panel See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 207 and Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 206 for more information If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn it off and get everyone away from the CAUTION Continued 372 CAUTION Continued vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when the vehicles engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool See Overheated Engine Protection Operat
311. mer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 General Motors of Canada Limited 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Transmission Transaxle Transfer Case Unit Repair Manual This manual provides information on unit repair service procedures adjustments and specifications for GM transmissions transaxles and transfer cases Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give technical service information needed to knowledgeably service GM cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle In Canada information pertaining to Product Service Bulletins can be obtained by contacting your General Motors dealer or by calling 1 800 GM DRIVE 1 800 463 7483 505 Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner s manual will include the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles
312. meter and speedometer The DIC buttons are located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel The DIC comes on when the ignition is on After a short delay the DIC will display the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off The top line of the DIC display shows the vehicle system information and the warning status messages The bottom line of the DIC display shows the odometer on the left side the outside air temperature on the right side and the shift position indicator in the center For more information on the shift position indicator see Automatic Transmission Operation on page 122 When the sport mode is active an S will appear next to the shift position indicator on the center of the DIC display When the manual mode is active an M will appear on the DIC display When the normal mode is active only the shift position indicator will appear While the Driver Shift Control DSC feature is active the DIC will change to show the selected gear See Driver Shift Control DSC under Automatic Transmission Operation on page 122 for more information If a problem is detected a warning message will appear on the display Be sure to take any message that appears on the display seriously and remember that clearing the message will only make the message disappear not correct the problem DIC Controls and Displays The Driver Information Center DIC has different displays whi
313. mmended that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed Universal Home Remote buttons should be erased for security purposes See Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons later in this section or for assistance see Customer Assistance Offices on page 491 Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or gate operator you are programming When programming a garage door it is advised to park outside of the garage It is recommended that a new battery be installed in your hand held transmitter for quicker and more accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal Programming Universal Home Remote 4 The indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly after Universal Home Remote Follow these steps to program up to successfully receives the frequency signal three channels from the hand held transmitter Release both 1 Press and hold down the two outside buttons Universal Home Remote buttons releasing only when the Universal Home Remote indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not hold down the buttons for longer than 30 seconds and do not repeat this step to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons Position the end of your hand held transmitter about 1 to 3 inches 3 to 8 cm away from the Universal Home Remote buttons while keeping the indicator light in view Simultaneously press and hold both the desired Univers
314. n if the key is not in the ignition switch Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off While the hazard warning flashers are on the turn signals do not work 166 Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn Press near or on the horn symbols on your steering wheel pad to sound the horn Tilt Wheel A tilt wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can raise it to the highest level to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following e Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn and Lane Change Signals on page 168 The lever that allows you to tilt the steering wheel e Exterior Lamp Control See Headlamps on is located on the left side of the steering column page 178 To tilt the wheel hold the steering wheel and e ZD D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer pull the lever Then move the steering wheel to a See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on comfortable position and release the lever to page 169 lock the wheel in place Cape eee RACS e Flash To Pass Feature See Flash to Pass on page 169 e 0 Fog Lamps See Fog Lamps on page 181 e Cruise Control See Cruise Control on page
315. n lecce 116 Ignition Positions a e 117 Retained Accessory Power RAP 118 Starting the Engine eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 119 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal 120 Engine Coolant Heater ee 121 Automatic Transmission Operation 122 Tow Haul Mode ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 126 Parking Brake sisczscivsieeicssoececrteiddesasesawieeceds 127 Shifting Into Park P cceeeeeeeeseteeeeeeeeeees 129 Shifting Out of Park P esceeeeeeeeeeeees 131 Parking Over Things That Burn 131 Engine ExNaUSi sassu iirst 132 Running the Engine While Parked 133 91 Section 2 Features and Controls MONS ooann cht odeeus Seated shaban Sacautaveons 134 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar oieee 134 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar and Compass 0000 134 Outside Power Heated Mirrors 05 137 Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror 138 Outside Curb View Assist Mirror 138 Outside Convex Mirror s es 139 OnStar System cccccccccesceeseseeseeeeees 139 Universal Home Remote System 143 Universal Home Remote System With Three Round LED 143 Universal Home Remote System With One Triangular LED 000 143 92 Universal Home Remote System Operation With Three Round LED 144 Universal Home Remote System Operation With One T
316. n or control except recirculation and rear window defog turns the system back on The air inlets default to outside air when the climate control system is turned off PASS Passenger s Climate Control Press this button to turn the passenger s climate control system on or off Then press the up or down buttons to choose the desired setting Pressing the button again automatically sets the passengers temperature to the drivers setting Turning the passenger s temperature display off does not turn off the climate control system for the passenger Recirculation Operation There are three options for bringing air into the climate control system They are controlled by pressing the center button on the climate control panel The climate control display indicates one of the following three modes ae AUTO Auto Air Inlet This mode lets the automatic climate control system choose the best air inlet position for cooling or warming the vehicle To have full automatic climate control the fan and mode controls must be set to the AUTO position Generally recirculation will only automatically be selected on hot days Your vehicle may have an optional Air Quality Sensor To activate the air quality sensor the auto air inlet setting must be used For more information see Air Quality Sensor found later in this section 191 lt amp Recirculation This mode recirculates air inside the vehicle and keeps outside air from coming int
317. n place Driver Shift Control DSC Notice If you drive your vehicle at high RPMs without upshifting while using Driver Shift Control DSC you could damage your vehicle Always upshift when necessary while using DSC 124 Your automatic transmission has a Driver Shift Control DSC feature that allows you to change gears similar to a manual transmission To use the DSC feature 1 Slide the shift lever over from DRIVE D to the right into the DSC area When the transmission is in DSC mode the sport symbol in the Driver Information Center DIC will come on DRIVER DOOR AJAR 65 F laa a om If you do not move the shift lever forward or rearward the vehicle will be in sport mode When you are in the sport mode the vehicle will still shift automatically While driving in sport mode the transmission may remain in a gear longer than it would in the normal driving mode based on braking throttle input and vehicle lateral acceleration 2 To enter the DSC mode press the shift lever forward to upshift or rearward to downshift The DIC will show the requested gear range when moving the shift lever forward or rearward See Driver Information Center DIC on page 214 4 DRIVER DOOR AJAR 65 F A 00M m3 While using the DSC feature the vehicle will have firmer shifting and increased performance You can use this for sport driving or when climbing or descending hills to stay in gear longer o
318. n the vehicle is facing will be displayed on the navigation screen cb On Off The on off button is located on the lower left side of the mirror and is used for the automatic dimming and compass functions of the rearview mirror Mirror Operation The automatic dimming feature comes on each time the vehicle is started To turn the automatic dimming feature on or off press the on off or AUTO button The indicator light will illuminate when this feature is on Compass Operation Press the on off button once to turn the compass on or off When the ignition and the compass feature are on the compass will show two character boxes for approximately two seconds After two seconds the mirror will display the current compass direction Compass Calibration If after two seconds the display does not show a compass direction N for North for example there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Such interference may be caused by a magnetic antenna mount note pad holder or similar object If the letter C appears in the compass window the compass may need to be reset or calibrated The mirror can be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display reads a direction The compass can be calibrated by pressing and holding the on off button until a C is shown in the compass display Compass Variance Compass variance is the difference between earth s magnetic n
319. n the HOT mark If necessary add only enough fluid to bring the level within the mark What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 480 Always use the proper fluid Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals 380 Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid The WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC when the fluid level is low See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 for more information Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for reservoir location Notice e When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water e Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid e Fill your washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it
320. n the hill Suppose after stalling try to back down the hill and decide I just cannot do it What should do Set the parking brake put the transmission in PARK P and turn off the engine Leave the vehicle and go get some help Exit on the uphill side and stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it rolled downhill 299 Driving Downhill When off roading takes you downhill you will want to consider a number of things e How steep is the downhill Will be able to maintain vehicle control e What is the surface like Smooth Rough Slippery Hard packed dirt Gravel e Are there hidden surface obstacles Ruts Logs Boulders e What is at the bottom of the hill Is there a hidden creek bank or even a river bottom with large rocks If you decide you can go down a hill safely then try to keep your vehicle headed straight down and use a low gear This way engine drag can help the brakes and they will not have to do all the work Descend slowly keeping your vehicle under control at all times 300 A CAUTION Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause your brakes to overheat and fade This could cause loss of control and a serious accident Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed under control Q Are there some things should not do A when driving down a hill Yes These are important because if you ignore them you could lose
321. n while it is heating The cigarette lighter is located next to the ashtray The vehicle does not have any cigarette lighters for the rear seat passengers To activate the cigarette lighter push it into the heating element and let go When the lighter is ready it will pop back out by itself 188 Analog Clock The analog clock is located on the instrument panel above the radio The clock is not connected with any other vehicle system and runs by itself To adjust the clock do the following 1 Locate the adjustment button directly below the clock face 2 Push and hold the adjustment button to advance the clock hands Holding the button down will cause the clock to advance faster Release the button before you get to the desired time 3 Push and release the button to increase the time by one minute increments until the desired time is reached Climate Controls To activate the automatic system AUTO Automatic Mode Dual Climate Control System 1 Turn the fan and mode controls to the AUTO f position This also sets the recirculation mode With this system you can control the heating to automatic operation on the display cooling defrosting and ventilation for the vehicle 2 Press the up or down arrows to adjust the temperature to a comfortable setting between 70 F 21 C and 80 F 27 C 3 Allow the system time to stabilize This might take several minutes in very hot or cold weather Then adjust the temper
322. nd liftgate open and close the liftgate and turn on your vehicle s interior lamps from up to 65 feet 20 m away using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter supplied with your vehicle You will have one of the RKE transmitters below 96 Lock Press this symbol on the RKE transmitter to lock the doors This also arms the theft deterrent system See Theft Deterrent System on page 112 for additional information You can program your vehicle so that the exterior lamps will flash and or the horn will sound when you lock the doors with the RKE transmitter See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 231 for more information on programming this feature m Unlock Press this symbol on the RKE transmitter to unlock the driver s door This also disarms the theft deterrent system Press the button again within five seconds to unlock the rest of the doors You can program your vehicle so that the exterior lamps will flash when you unlock the doors with the RKE transmitter See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 231 for more information on programming this feature If your vehicle is programmed for remote confirmation the doors must be closed for this feature to work If a door is open remote confirmation will be canceled 2 Panic Alarm Press and release this button to locate your vehicle The turn signal lamps will flash and the horn will sound three times Press and hold this button for m
323. ne Oil Life System a e 363 Engine Air Cleaner Filter ee 365 Automatic Transmission Fluid 0 367 Engine Coolants sasirnane 368 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 371 Engine Overheating ccceceeeseteeeeeees 372 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode 374 Cooling System cceceeeeeeeeetteteeeeeeeeeees 374 Power Steering Fluid cc eceeeeeeeeeeeees 379 Windshield Washer Fluid ceeeeeee 380 Braks sistent cede Svniceens ranean 381 BRAT sites ies athe esata since npmwaea TE O 385 JUMP Starting scrinia inais 386 All Wheel Drive c 392 Rear Axle reiii naea 394 FROME AXIE lasni EEAS 395 Bulb Replacement 1 396 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 396 Halogen Bulbs cecccseeeeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeees 396 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 397 343 344 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Bd E E E A E 398 Appearance Care 0 443 Winter TOS sccaveveseccusunbsse ia 400 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 443 Tire Sidewall Labeling c c 401 Fabrie Carpet siiciscecis tities isin itestnivivie 445 Tire Terminology and Definitions 404 GAN AE A E E T 446 Inflation Tire Pressure scce 407 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other High Speed Operation seee 409 Plastic Surfaces eese 446 Tire Pressure Monitor System 0068 410 Wood Panels seessroaid isanos asikae 447 Tire Inspection and Rota
324. ne and begin to drive away ABS will check itself You may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on This is normal If there is a problem with the ABS this warning light will stay on See Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light on page 205 279 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at both rear wheels 280 ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake your computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let anti lock work for you You may feel the brakes vibrate or y
325. ne oil axle lubricant drive belt cooling system and brake system Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review this information before you start your trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing Your cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 372 341 4 NOTES 342 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE oriana a EAER 346 Accessories and Modifications 0 347 California Proposition 65 Warning 347 Doing Your Own Service Work 0 348 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeees 348 FUCI geciiecsesrcnviseentitoevnetiatidessdeered 349 Gasoline Octane cceceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 349 Gasoline Specifications ccceeeeee 350 California Fuel 0 ccccccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 350 E E T eee ree ee 350 Fuels in Foreign Countries 000 351 Filling the Tank oo cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeaeeees 352 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 354 Checking Things Under the Hood 354 Hood Release cceecccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeees 355 Engine Compartment Overview 6 356 Engine Qil eceendsdssevoncecneetusngeeeieaeasnceenndeeneens 360 Engi
326. ness can be hard to judge On a very small hill for example there may be a smooth constant incline with only a small change in elevation where you can easily see all the way to the top On a large hill the incline may get steeper as you near the top but you may not see this because the crest of the hill is hidden by bushes grass or shrubs Here are some other things to consider as you approach a hill e ls there a constant incline or does the hill get sharply steeper in places e Is there good traction on the hillside or will the surface cause tire slipping e Is there a straight path up or down the hill so you will not have to make turning maneuvers e Are there obstructions on the hill that can block your path such as boulders trees logs or ruts e What is beyond the hill Is there a cliff an embankment a drop off a fence Get out and 2 walk the hill if you do not know It is the smart A CAUTION way to find out e Is the hill simply too rough Steep hills often have ruts gullies troughs and exposed rocks because they are more susceptible to the effects of erosion Turning or driving across steep hills can be dangerous You could lose traction slide sideways and possibly roll over You could be seriously injured or killed When driving up hills always try to go Driving Uphill straight up Once you decide you can safely drive up the hill you need to take some special steps e Ease up on your speed
327. ng a 4 The resulting figure equals the available Trailer on page 331 for important information amount of cargo and luggage load capacity on towing a trailer towing safety rules For example if the XXX amount equals and trailering tips 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 324 Example 1 Example 2 Item Description Total fe Wea oT Vehicle Capacity Weight Vehicle Capacity Weight pa for Example 1 TOGO IBS 453K for Example 2 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg Weight 150 lbs 750 Ibs 340 kg 68 kg x2 68 kg x5 Available Occupant and Available Cargo 325 Example 3 Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 0 Ibs 0 kg Refer to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight 91 kg x 5 Available Cargo 326 Certification Tire Label GAWR FRT GAWR RR RIM COLD TIRE PRESSURE Cd Ll Ce SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION __ United States version shown Canada similar A vehicle specific Certification Tire
328. ng areas on the windshield or when strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause accidents They may not work as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash apply the brake pedal lightly until the brakes work normally Driving too fast through large water puddles or even going through some car washes can cause problems too The water may affect your brakes Try to avoid puddles But if you cannot try to slow down before you hit them Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous So much water can build up under your tires that they can actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road Hydroplaning does not happen often But it can if your tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or more is low It can happen if a lot of water is standing on the road If you can see reflections from trees telephone poles or other vehicles and raindrops dimple the water s surface there could be hydroplaning Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds There just is not a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when it is raining Driving Through Deep Standing Water Notice If you drive too quickly through
329. nge VINCode Spark Plug Gap 3 6L V6 0 044 inches 1 4 mm 46LV8 0 050 inches 1 27 mm 465 4 NOTES 466 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule e 468 Owner Checks and Services 008 476 INMFOGUCHOMN sisisescasetescassuaee cash kaasa uia 468 At Each Fuel Fil cccssccesevsunet sock iuensoasurt detese 476 Maintenance Requirements e 468 At Least Once a Month seee 477 Your Vehicle and the Environment 468 At Least Once a Year ceecee 477 Using the Maintenance Schedule 469 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 480 Scheduled Maintenance n s 471 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 482 Additional Required Services 008 473 Engine Drive Belt Routing cecen 483 Maintenance Footnotes aserre 474 Maintenance Record ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 484 467 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer for details 468 Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to f
330. ns or sudden braking In a way off road driving requires a different kind of alertness from driving on paved roads and highways There are no road signs posted speed limits or signal lights You have to use your own good judgment about what is safe and what is not Drinking and driving can be very dangerous on any road And this is certainly true for off road driving At the very time you need special alertness and driving skills your reflexes perceptions and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You could have a serious or even fatal accident if you drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking See Drunken Driving on page 275 295 Driving on Off Road Hills Off road driving often takes you up down or across a hill Driving safely on hills requires good judgment and understanding of what your vehicle can and cannot do There are some hills that simply cannot be driven no matter how well built the vehicle A CAUTION Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you will stall If you drive down them you cannot control your speed If you drive across them you will roll over You could be seriously injured or killed If you have any doubt about the steepness do not drive the hill 296 Approaching a Hill When you approach a hill you need to decide if it is one of those hills that is just too steep to climb descend or cross Steep
331. nstruction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 401 D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 419 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load 402 ESS OOOOBSS ay ee 3 9 Q 0 S
332. o the vehicle It can be used to help cool the vehicle more quickly or to prevent odors from entering the vehicle Recirculation is not available in the defrost mode It is also cancelled when floor or defog mode is selected In some conditions using recirculation for long periods of time can cause the air inside the vehicle to become too dry or stuffy To prevent this from happening after the air in the vehicle has cooled select auto air inlet or outside air Outside Air This mode pulls fresh air from outside the vehicle Outside air is always selected in defrost mode to prevent fogging Air Conditioning Air Conditioning Press this button to turn the air conditioning on or off and override the automatic system When selecting the AUTO fan or AUTO mode the air conditioning compressor comes on automatically as necessary 192 The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so you might notice water dripping underneath the vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal Sensors There is a solar sensor located on top of the instrument panel near the windshield There is also an interior temperature sensor located below the climate control system next to the steering wheel There is also an ambient sensor located behind the grille in front of the vehicle These sensors help the climate control system automatically control the temperature setting The system can supply
333. ollow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We at General Motors want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You may drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you may drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You may use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you may drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You may need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your GM Goodwrench dealer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your
334. omplete OnStar Owners Guide and the OnStar Terms and Conditions are included in the vehicle s OnStar Subscriber glove box literature For more information visit onstar com or onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Not all OnStar features are available on all vehicles To check if your vehicle is equipped to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in your glove box or visit onstar com OnStar Services For new vehicles with OnStar the Safe amp Sound Plan or the Directions amp Connections Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year or upgrade to the Directions amp Connections Plan For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor 140 Some OnStar services such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until you register with OnStar Available Services with Safe amp Sound Plan e Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment e Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped e Link to Emergency Services e Roadside Assistance e Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance e AccidentAssist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert e On
335. ompleted a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet 445 Leather A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on your leather 446 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior becau
336. ontrol System TCS on page 281 for more information 230 TRACTION CONTROL ON This message displays when the Traction Control System TCS is turned on See Traction Control System TCS on page 281 for more information TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE ENGINE This message displays when the transmission fluid in your vehicle is too hot Stop the vehicle and allow it to idle until the transmission cools down or until this message is removed TURN SIGNAL ON This message displays as a reminder to turn off the turn signal if you drive your vehicle for more than about 1 mile 1 6 km with a turn signal on A multiple chime sounds when this message is displayed WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID This symbol appears with this message This message displays when your vehicle is low on windshield washer fluid Refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir as soon as possible See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 380 for more information DIC Vehicle Customization Your vehicle has customization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to one preferred setting Customization features can only be programmed to one setting on the vehicle and cannot be programmed to a preferred setting for two different drivers All of the customization options may not be available on your vehicle Only the options available will be displayed on your DIC The customization features were set to the default settings when your vehicle left t
337. oolant measarra n aaia aaeeea Coolant Heater sssissrirmirennseisns Coolant Temperature Gage Coolant Temperature Warning Light Drive Belt Routing cc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Engine Compartment Overview Exhaust Oil Oil Life System Overheated Protection Operating Mode Overheating Speed Limiter Starting Entry Lighting Event Data Recorders EDR Extender Safety Belt cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 512 Filter Engine Air Cleaner aeea 365 Finish Damage eeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeees 451 Flashers Hazard Warning 0seeeee 166 Flash to PaSs cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeees 169 SE E E E 423 Flat Tire Changing ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 424 Flat Tire StOrinG lt csesicissesavnivenveivdsstsavecerewesis 439 Fluid Automatic Transmission s e 367 Power Steering c ceeecesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 379 Windshield Washer scce 380 Fog Lamp Light cccesssesccsdsecnctsadeainesaneewnedauye Ste 212 Fog LAMPS senrran a n 181 Font AXE tcschucekscasipuanaieaeebuenntedudddanabn ny daeaeanies 395 UCI aunan n E 349 Additives 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 350 California Fuel o csicscsvestecceredudesesveaveeene cies 350 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 354 Filing Your Tank srren 352 Fuels in Foreign Countries 0 0 0 0 351 Fuel cont GAGS siir na A 213 Gasoline Octane
338. or light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly Proceed with Step 4 under Programming Universal Home Remote to complete Using Universal Home Remote Press and hold the appropriate Universal Home Remote button for at least half of a second The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons To erase programming from the three Universal Home Remote buttons do the following 1 Press and hold down the two outside buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not hold the two outside buttons for longer than 30 seconds 2 Release both buttons The Universal Home Remote is now in the training learning mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Step 2 under Programming Universal Home Remote shown earlier in this section Individual buttons cannot be erased but they can be reprogrammed See Reprogramming a Single Universal Home Remote Button following this section Reprogramming a Single Universal Home Remote Button To program a device to Universal Home Remote using a Universal Home Remote button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired Universal Home Remote button Do not release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds While still holding the Universal Home Remote button proceed with Step 2 under Programming Universal Home Remote
339. ore than two seconds to activate the panic alarm The turn signal lamps will flash and the horn will sound repeatedly for 30 seconds The alarm will turn off when the ignition is turned to ON or the alarm button is pressed again The ignition must be in OFF for the panic alarm to work lt Power Liftgate Press and hold this button on the RKE transmitter to open and close the liftgate The taillamps will flash and a chime will sound to indicate when the liftgate is opening and closing Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each RKE transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer Remember to bring any additional transmitters with you so that all of them can be re coded to match the new transmitter Once your dealer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle Each vehicle can have a maximum of eight transmitters matched to it Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in your RKE transmitter should last about four years The battery is weak if the transmitter will not work at the normal range in any location If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works it is probably time to change the battery Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may da
340. ormation Highbeam On Light This light comes on whenever the high beam headlamps are on See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 169 for more information Tow Haul Mode Light This light comes on when the Tow Haul mode has been activated For more information see Tow Haul Mode on page 126 Fuel Gage The fuel gage shows approximately how much fuel is in the fuel tank It works only when the engine is on If the fuel supply gets low the FUEL LEVEL LOW message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC and a single chime will sound See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 for more information 213 All of the following situations are normal and do not indicate that anything is wrong with the fuel gage e At the gas station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full e The gage may change when you turn stop quickly or accelerate quickly e ttakes a little more or less fuel to fill the tank than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated that the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank 214 Driver Information Center DIC The Driver Information Center DIC gives you the status of many of your vehicle s systems The DIC is also used to display warning status messages All messages will appear in the DIC display located at the bottom of the instrument panel cluster below the tacho
341. orth and true geographic north If the mirror is not adjusted for compass variance the compass could give false readings The mirror is set in zone eight upon leaving the factory It will be necessary to adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if the vehicle is driven outside zone eight Under certain circumstances such as a long distance cross country trip it will be necessary to adjust the compass variance 135 To adjust for compass variance do the following 3 Once the zone number appears on the 1 Find your current location and variance zone number on the zone map that follows display press the on off button quickly until you reach the correct zone number If C appears in the compass window the compass may need calibration See Compass Calibration listed previously Cleaning the Mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing 2 Press and hold the on off button until a zone number appears on the display 136 Outside Power Heated Mirrors The power mirror controls are located on the driver s door armrest and operate both outside rearview mirrors e Press A to select the drivers side mirror The LED indicator will turn on to indicate that this mirror is selected Then press the arrows located on the fou
342. ossibility of theft always arm the theft deterrent system when leaving your vehicle 113 PASS Key Ill The PASS Key Ill system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 114 PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle PASS Key Ill Operation Your vehicle has PASS Key Ill Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system This means you do not have to do anything special to arm or disarm the system It works when you transition the key to ON ACCESSORY or START from the OFF position When the PASS Key IIl system senses that someone i
343. ot take your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes These brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels 450 Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every
344. ote System With Three Round LED The Universal Home Remote System provides a way to replace up to three hand held radio frequency RF transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home lighting This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The FCC Grant of Equipment Authorization Certificate number is KOBGTVO6A This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device The Canadian Registration ID number is 3521A GTVO6A Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Universal Home Remote System With One Triangular LED The Universal Home Remote System provides a way to replace up to three hand held radio frequency RF transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home lighting 143 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This dev
345. ou may notice some noise but this is normal Braking in Emergencies With ABS you can steer and brake at the same time In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Traction Control System TCS Your vehicle has a traction control system that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions On a rear wheel drive vehicle the system operates if it senses that one or both of the rear wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction On an All Wheel Drive AWD vehicle the system will operate if it senses that any of the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system brakes the spinning wheel s and or reduces engine power to limit wheel spin You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal The TCS warning light will also flash to indicate that the traction control system is active QD ee This warning light will come on to let you know if there is a problem with your traction control system 281 See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 206 When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly The TCS automatically comes on whenever you start your vehicle To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions you should always leave the system on But you can turn the traction control system off if you ever need to Notice Do not r
346. ould stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists 411 When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that t
347. ounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged 121 How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in The answer depends on the outside temperature the kind of oil you have and some other things Instead of trying to list everything here we ask that you contact your dealer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle The dealer can give you the best advice for that particular area Automatic Transmission Operation The shift lever is located on the center console between the front seats There are several different positions for the shift lever PARK P This position locks the rear wheels It is the best position to use when you start the engine because your vehicle cannot move easily 122 A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicl
348. our vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes may not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your vehicle s engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump the brakes If you do the pedal may get harder to push down If the engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 347 Anti Lock Brake System ABS Your vehicle has the Anti Lock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid When you start your engi
349. ove to the fully open resynchronization process position and then return to the fully closed position Keep the switch pushed in the closed position for the entire open close cycle of the shade 160 Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview 2 4 164 Parade Dimming cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 182 Hazard Warning Flashers csee 166 Reading Lamps sossesisuisennis reisan aitinn eain 182 Other Warning Devices a se 166 Electric Power Management scce 183 FLOM sears sing cede E E E E T 166 Ultrasonic Rear Parking TIR WAGE ancreneraneiniaiissnorisns 166 Assist URPA sis2s0scncueticteeas tienen 184 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 0 167 Accessory Power Outlet S e e 186 Turn and Lane Change Signals 168 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 187 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 169 Analog CIOCK soreness arna i 188 FlaShAO PASS sisiicpsisariyi ideni seinas 169 Climate Controls ccccccsceeeseeseeeetesees 189 Windshield Wipers seceeceeeeeetees 170 Dual Climate Control System cccceeeee 189 Windshield Washer 1 eee 171 Outlet Adjustment siniiieconssisscceesatiss cimniibddnnsta 194 Rear Window Wiper Washer ss11 1111111 172 Rear Air Conditioning System 0 195 Headlamp Washer cscs 173 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 195 Headlamps nT ia Warning Lights Gages and indicators 197
350. ow defogger turns off about 20 minutes after the button is first pressed if the vehicle is moving at slower speeds At higher vehicle speeds the rear defogger can stay on continuously Each additional press runs the defogger for about 10 minutes The heated outside rearview mirrors also heat to help clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror when the rear window defogger is on Notice Do not use a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window Do not adhere anything to the defogger grid lines in the rear glass These actions may damage the rear defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty 194 Outlet Adjustment Use the knobs located in the center of each outlet to change the direction of the airflow Use the thumbwheels to open or close the outlets Operation Tips e Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that could block the flow of air into the vehicle e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system e Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively e If the airflow seems low when the fan speed is at the highest setting the passenger compartment air filter might need to be replaced For more information see Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 195 e Set the climate control system to AUTO fan and mode and then adju
351. ower to the ground continue with Step 4 under Removing the Spare Tire and Tools on page 426 If you still cannot lower the spare tire to the ground see Secondary Latch System on page 436 1 Loosen the wheel nuts but do not remove them yet using the wheel wrench Turn the handle about 180 degrees then flip the handle back to the starting position This avoids taking the wrench off the lug nut for each turn 429 2 Find the jacking location using the hoisting notches A CAUTION located in the plastic molding The Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked notches in the up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off plastic molding are the jack you could be badly injured or marked with a killed Never get under a vehicle when it is Dees A triangle shape to supported only by a jack help you find them 3 Attach the wheel wrench to the jack A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle 430 A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed
352. p belt and apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs A The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way 31 Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong place 32 A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen A The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 33 Q What is wrong with this a A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work pro
353. p tether to the anchor Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached In the United States some child restraints also have a top tether Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations 2 Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Second Row Each outboard seating position in the second row has exposed metal lower anchors in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion To assist you in locating the top tether anchors the top tether anchor symbol is located near the top tether anchors 57 There are two top tether anchors located on the side of the wheel well in the rear cargo area There is another top tether anchor in the center of the rear cargo area Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed 58
354. pened from the inside when this feature is in use When you want to open a rear door when the security lock is on do the following 1 Unlock the door using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter the front door power lock switch or by lifting the rear door manual lock 2 Then open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock do the following 1 Unlock the door and open it from the outside 2 Insert your key into the slot next to the rear door security lock label and turn it to disengage the lock 3 Repeat the steps for the other lock The rear door locks will now work normally 103 Lockout Protection If you press the power door lock switch when the key is in the ignition and any door is open all the doors will lock and only the driver s door will unlock If you close the doors you can lock them using the remote keyless entry transmitter Be sure to remove the key from the ignition when locking your vehicle This feature can be overridden by pressing the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter or by pressing the power lock switch a second time 104 Power Liftgate Power Liftgate Operation Your vehicle has a power liftgate The vehicle must be in PARK P to power open or close the liftgate The liftgate must be completely closed to power open or the liftgate must be completely open to power close The taillamps will flash and a chime will sound at the beginnin
355. performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment may need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced See your dealer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel
356. perly or ask your dealer to fix it ie ry aly A The belt is twisted across the body 34 To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way Before you close the door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy 35 The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Right Front Passenger Position To learn how to wear the right front passenger s safety belt properly see Driver Position on page 27 The right front passenger s safety belt works the same way as the drivers safety belt except for one thing 36 If the belt stops before it reaches the buckle tilt the latch plate and keep pulling until you can buckle the belt Rear Seat Passengers It is very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up Accident statistics
357. ponents Do not tow an all wheel drive vehicle if any of its wheels will be on the ground 329 330 If you have a Rear Wheel Drive RWD vehicle it can be towed using a dolly If you have an All Wheel Drive AWD vehicle it can only be towed on a flat bed trailer To tow your RWD vehicle using a dolly follow these steps 1 Put the rear wheels on the dolly 2 Put the vehicle in PARK P 3 Set the parking brake and then remove the key 4 Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing 5 Release the parking brake Level Control This feature keeps the rear of your vehicle level as the load changes It s automatic you don t need to adjust anything Towing a Trailer A CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment To identify the trailering capacity of your vehicle you should read the information in W
358. pressed three times to enable the rear seat for two minutes or the ignition must be in ON or ACCESSORY e The vehicle must be in PARK P e The vehicle cannot have a low battery After the seat has folded the panel on the seat must be folded forward to create the flat floor If the seat s path is blocked it will stop and back away Press the button again to return the seat to its previous position Before returning the third row seat to the passenger seating position the panel must be folded back upon itself Press and hold one of the power folding seat buttons and the seat will unfold into the seating position If the seat is not unfolded fully into the seating position a chime will sound when the vehicle is shifted out of PARK P This indicates that the seat is not ready for a passenger Replace the head rests 21 Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a safety belt properly If you are in a crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passengers belts ar
359. ps Mini Fuses Usage i Even Ignition Coils Even Evel ene ree Front Washer Pump EVEN COILS Injectors Right Side Rear Stoplamp Turn SPARE BCM6 Lamps Key Capture Solenoid SPARE RADIO Radio Sensing Diagnostic Module SDM Odd Ignition Coils Odd Fuel AIRBAG Occupant Sensor Display ODD COILS injectors istrument cluster BCM 1 Body Control Module BCM Power Anti lock Braking System Ignition ABS IGN Variable Effort Steering LT HI BEAM Left Side High Beam Headlamp IGN SW__ Ignition Switch Immobilizer Module BCM 7 CLOCK Switch Dimming Analog Clock EEE SPARE Spare Engine Control Module Transmission ECM TCM IGN Control Module Ignition Power Cooling Fan Relays Air MISC IGN Air Quality Sensor Missiona coneiuoning Cici NEY Fous Pre 02 Sensors Cam Phasor V6 Canister Purge V8 EMISSION 1 Canister Purge V6 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve V6 ECM BATT Engine Control Module ECM SPARE 458 RT HI BEAM _ Right Side High Beam Headlamp LT LO BEAM Left Side Low Beam Headlamp Battery Regulated Voltage TCM BATT _ Transmission Control Module TCM RVC SNSR C IS gt ontrol Sense ACCY wppr Rear Wiper Motor amp Switch FOG LAMP Front Fog Lamps Inside Rearview Mirror ECM 1 Engine Control Module ECM SPARE BCM5 Left Side Front Turn Lamps SPARE Rear Stoplamps Turn Lamps REAR WASH Rear Washer Pump Windshield Wiper Motor HORN Horn Assembly SPARE A C CLTCH Air Conditioning Compressor
360. r See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 380 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 379 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 360 G Engine Oil Dipstick Out of View See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 360 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 381 Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap on page 371 and Cooling System on page 374 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 365 359 Engine Oil Your vehicle may have an oil pressure light on the instrument cluster There is also an OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE message on the Driver Information Center DIC If the light and or message appears check the engine oil level right away For more information see OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 and Oil Pressure Light on page 211 You should check the engine oil level regularly this is an added reminder 360 Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn o
361. r Under certain conditions the charging system light may also turn on in the instrument panel cluster See Charging System Light on page 204 for more information 225 SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST This message displays if there is a problem with the brake system The brake system warning light and the anti lock brake system warning light may also display on the instrument panel cluster See Brake System Warning Light on page 204 and Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light on page 205 for more information If this happens stop as soon as possible and turn off the vehicle Restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display If the message displays or appears again when you begin driving the brake system needs service See your dealer as soon as possible See Brakes on page 381 for more information SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM This message displays while the ignition is on when the brake fluid level is low The brake system warning light on the instrument panel cluster also comes on See Brake System Warning Light on page 204 for more information Have the brake system serviced by your dealer as soon as possible 226 SERVICE PARKING ASSIST If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system this message displays if there is a problem with the URPA system Do not use this system to help you park See Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA on page 184 for more information See your dealer for service
362. r engine axle or other parts could be damaged 116 Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time your new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this break in guideline every time you get new linings Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 331 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions With the key in the ignition switch you can turn the key to four different positions Notice If your key seems stuck in OFF and you can t turn it be sure you are using the correct key if so is it all the way in If it is then turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard Turn the key only with your hand Using a tool to force it could break the key or the ignition switch If none of these works then your vehicle needs service A OFF This is the only position in which you can insert or remove the key This position locks the ignition steering wheel and transmission It is a theft deterrent feature B ACCESSORY This position allows you to use things like the radio and the windshield wipers when the engine is off This position will allow you to turn off the engine but still turn the steering wheel C ON This position is for driving
363. r Liftgate Module 462 REAR DEFOG Rear Window Defogger SPARE Hush Panel Lamps Overhead BCM 3 Courtesy Lamp Assembly Right Side Front Turn Lamp REAR A C Rear Air Conditioning System Climate Control Module HDT STR WHL SPARE SPARE SPARE DR LCK Rear Door Locks PDM Passenger Door Module Locks Outside Mirror Window Switches SIR Sensing Diagnostic Module SDM Occupant Sensor Roll over Sensor SPARE MRRTD Suspension Module ELC Electronic Leveling Compressor ELC Exhaust Solenoid ELC Relay J Case Fuses Usage SUNROOF MOD Power Sunroof Module ee Power Liftgate Motors Circuit Breakers PWR SEATS FUSE PULLER Fuse Puller CONNECTOR 463 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 480 for more information sions English O Merc For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer for more information Air Conditioning Refrigerant Automatic Transmission Pan Removal and Replacement 5 Speed Automatic 7 0L 464 MA C Engish merce Fuel Tank 20 0 gal 75 7 Wheel Nut Torque 100 Ib ft 140 Nem All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual Recheck fluid level after filling Engine Specifications OOO E
364. r mode press the button below the Back label to return to normal MP3 playback BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays 263 XM Radio Messages Radio Display Message Action Required XL Explicit Language XL on the radio display These channels or any others can be blocked at a Channels after the channel name customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 indicates content with explicit language XM Updating Updating encryption code The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When you move into an open area the signal should return Loading XM Acquiring channel audio The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and after 4 second delay text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air Channel not in s
365. r sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can CAUTION Continued 54 CAUTION Continued guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that
366. r the doors are closed if you don t want to arm the theft deterrent system e Always unlock a door with a key or use the RKE transmitter Pressing the unlock button on the RKE transmitter disarms the theft deterrent system Unlocking a door any other way while the system is armed will activate the alarm when a door or the liftgate is opened If you activate the alarm by accident unlock the driver s door with your key You can also turn off the alarm by using the unlock button on the RKE transmitter or by starting the vehicle with a valid key Testing the Alarm 1 From inside the vehicle roll down the window then get out of the vehicle keeping the door open 2 From outside of the vehicle with the door open lock the vehicle using the power door lock switch or the RKE transmitter and close the door Wait approximately 30 seconds until the security light goes off 3 Reach in and unlock the door using the manual lock and open the door The horn will sound and the exterior lamps will flash You can turn off the alarm by unlocking the drivers door with your key using the unlock button on the RKE transmitter or by starting the car with a valid key If the alarm does not sound when it should check to see if the horn works The horn fuse may be blown To replace the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 455 lf the fuse does not need to be replaced you may need to have your vehicle serviced To reduce the p
367. r to down shift for more power or engine braking The transmission will only allow you to shift into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed and engine Revolutions Per Minute RPM The transmission will not automatically shift to the next higher gear if the engine RPM is too high If shifting is prevented for any reason the currently selected gear will flash multiple times indicating that the transmission has not shifted gears While in the DSC mode the transmission will automatically downshift when the vehicle comes to a stop and while quickly applying the accelerator to increase speed This will allow for more power during take off When accelerating your vehicle from a stop in snowy and icy conditions you may want to shift into second gear A higher gear ratio allows you to gain more traction on slippery surfaces 125 Tow Haul Mode Your vehicle may be equipped with a Tow Haul mode The button is located on instrument panel under the climate controls You should use this feature to assist when towing or hauling a heavy load 126 When Tow Haul is activated the Tow Haul symbol will illuminate on the instrument panel cluster See Tow Haul Mode under Towing a Trailer on page 331 for more information Grade Braking Grade Braking assists when driving on a downhill grade It maintains the vehicle s speed by automatically implementing a shift schedule that uses the engine and the transmission to slow the vehic
368. r way control pad to adjust the mirror Press A again to deselect the mirror The LED indicator will turn off to indicate that this mirror is de selected e Press B to select the passenger s side mirror The LED indicator will turn on to indicate that this mirror is selected Then press the arrows located on the four way control pad to adjust the mirror Press B again to deselect the mirror The LED indicator will turn off to indicate that this mirror is de selected If your vehicle has the power fold function use the following buttons e Press C to fold the mirrors out to the driving position e Press D to fold the mirrors in to the folded position If the mirrors are accidentally folded unfolded manually they may shake or flutter at normal driving speeds and may not stay in the unfolded position If this happens you will need to reset the mirrors See Resetting the Power Foldaway Mirrors next 137 Resetting the Power Foldaway Mirrors You will need to reset the power foldaway mirrors if the following occurs e The mirrors are accidentally obstructed while folding e They are accidentally manually folded unfolded e The mirrors will not stay in the unfolded position e The mirrors shake and flutter at normal driving speeds To reset the power foldaway mirrors fold and unfold them one time using the mirror controls This will reset them to their normal position The mirrors can be manually folded
369. ractor to set the lock 64 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 6 If your child restraint has a top tether and the position that you are using has a top tether anchor attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 55 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint just unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has a right front passenger airbag A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 53 In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag when an infant in a rear facing infant seat or a small child in a forward facing child restraint or booster seat i
370. rake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the Z CAUTION shift lever moves out of PARK P contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service When you are doing this inspection the Ignition Transmission Lock Check vehicle could move suddenly If the While parked and with the parking brake set try vehicle moves you or others could be to turn the ignition to OFF in each shift lever injured position e The ignition should turn to OFF only when the 1 Before you start be sure you have enough shift lever is in PARK P room around the vehicle It should be parked e The ignition key should come out only in OFF on a level surface doniad GW Good P dederit 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking teued ee SEEI RE Brake on page 127 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 478 Parking Brake and Automatic Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing Transmission Park P Mechanism Check downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability Ax CAUTION With the Ari i ai and jennie in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure When you are doing this check your from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle could begin to move You or vehicle is held by the parking brake only others could be injured and property e To check the PARK P mechanism s holding could be damaged Ma
371. rake application When this happens the brake pedal will feel easier to push Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let the system work for you You may feel the brakes vibrate or you may notice some noise but this is normal The brakes will return to normal operation after the brake pedal has been released All Wheel Drive AWD System If your vehicle is equipped with this feature engine power is sent to all four wheels all the time This is like four wheel drive but it is fully automatic Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will Keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one fa
372. ranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 347 This light should come on as a check to show you it is working when the ignition is on and the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light will also come on during a malfunction in one of two ways e Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and may damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required e Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required If the Light is Flashing The following may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reducing vehicle speed e Avoiding hard accelerations e Avoiding steep uphill grades e If you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park your vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer for service as
373. re The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z 404 Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission transaxle power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 407 Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum
374. re described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I Use Maintenance I if the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the message comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the message has not come on at all for one year 471 Scheduled Maintenance COO eO J Maintenance T Maintenance n Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 360 Reset oil life system Oo e See Engine Oil Life System on page 363 An Emission Control Service Turcae chassis components See omore f gt M Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote o Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air OOo e Cleaner Filter on page 365 See footnote k Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section 472 Additional Required Services The following services
375. res a special oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M Oils meeting this standard may be identified as synthetic However not all synthetic oils will meet this GM standard Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M 362 Notice If you use oils that do not have the GM4718M Standard designation you can cause engine damage not covered by your warranty e SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 Oils meeting these requirements should also have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Look for this on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM4718M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Your vehicle s engine is filled at the factory with a Mobil 1 synthetic oil which meets all requirements for your vehicle Substitute Engine Oil When adding oil to maintain engine oil level oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M may not be available You can add substitute oil designated SAE 5W 30 with the starburst symbol at all temperatures Substitute oil not meeting GM Standard GM4718M should not be used for an oil change Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils
376. ress Window Anti Pinch Override Window Lockout fa Window Lockout The rear window lockout A CAUTION button is located on the driver s door armrest near the window switches If express override is activated the Press the right side of the button to disable the window will not reverse automatically rear window controls The light on the button You or others could be injured and the will illuminate indicating the feature is in use The rear windows still can be raised or lowered using the driver s window switches when the lockout feature is active window could be damaged Before you use express override make sure that all people and obstructions are clear of the f window path To restore power to the rear windows press the button again The light on the button will go out In an emergency the anti pinch feature can be overridden in a supervised mode Pull the window switch all the way up to the second position The window will rise for as long as the switch is held Once the switch is released the express mode is re activated In this mode the window can still close on an object in its path Use care when using the override mode 111 Sun Visors Swing down the primary visor to block out glare It can also be detached from the center mount and moved to the side to block glare from that direction The driver s sunshade may also have buttons for a built in garage door opener See Universal Home Remote
377. riangular LED 150 Storage Areas eree 153 GOVE BOX A 153 Cupholder S iccssctsecsintectesnce esniteiee dives 154 Cell Phone Storage Area s e 154 Center Console Storage Area s s 154 Luggage Carrier eseese 154 Cargo COVER mininiai aii aad 155 Cargo Management System 155 SUNTOO patoa asua a ARE E SARALA 156 Sunroof Ultra View s s s 156 Sunroof Ultra View Plus ccccccseeeee 158 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children 93 Your vehicle has a double sided key that can be used for the ignition and door locks If you ever lose your keys your dealer will be able to assist you with obtaining replacements In an emergency contact Cadillac Roadside Service See Roadside Service on page 493 for more information 94 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Your Remote Keyless Entry RKE system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol
378. roduction options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles 406 Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturers recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 407 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Tread
379. rs a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK P Shifting Out of Park P Your vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system To shift out of PARK P 1 Apply the regular brake pedal 2 Then press the shift lever button 3 Move the shift lever to the desired gear If you are still unable to shift out of PARK P 1 Fully release the shift lever button 2 While holding down the brake pedal press the shift lever button again 3 Move the shift lever to the desired gear If you still cannot move the shift lever from PARK P consult your dealer A CAUTION Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn 131 Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death You might have exhaust coming in if e The exhaust system sounds strange or different e Your vehicle gets rusty underneath e Your vehicle was damaged in a collision e Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris CAUTION Continued 132 CAUTION Continued e Repairs were not done correctly e Your vehicle or the exhaust system has been modified improperly
380. rvice agreement or manual for information on its operations and data collection 499 Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs will diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to assure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior accidents In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle 500 A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made
381. ry transmitter with the number 1 on the back to recall the driving position 2 Adjust the drivers seat to the desired exit position 3 Press and hold the exit button located above buttons 1 and 2 on the drivers door armrest for at least three seconds Two beeps will sound to confirm that the exit position has been saved 4 Repeat the procedure for a second driver using memory seat button 2 or the remote keyless entry transmitter with the number 2 on the back To recall the stored exit positions press and release the exit button One beep will sound and the seat will move to the previously stored exit position for the currently identified driver If an exit position has not been stored for this driver the seat will move all the way back The position of the outside mirrors is not stored or recalled for the exit position The vehicle must be in PARK P to recall the exit positions A chime will sound and the exit setting will not be recalled if you press the exit button when the vehicle is not in PARK P If you would like your stored exit position to be recalled when unlocking the vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter or when the ignition is turned off and the driver s door is opened see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 231 13 Reclining Seatbacks Manual Reclining Seatbacks A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving
382. s aeee 281 Break In New Vehicle ccccceeeeeeeeeeees 116 Bulb Replacement ceseeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeees 396 Halogen Bulbs eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 396 High Intensity Discharge HID LAQUIUUING sc cidcccbccivenethcnedandectueanaetttveastece 396 Buying N W TireS cccccccsccessseeeessssseeseeeeens 416 Calibra sessciexsnnenetpenetesunaatercsenienagaaveuenecents 134 California Fuel cecceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteeeeeees 350 California Proposition 65 Warning 347 Canadian OWN ceceeeeee cece teeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 3 Capacities and Specifications 00 464 Carbon Monoxide 104 132 317 331 Care of Safety Belts ccccecisvnesssnsateerestensctesstevaeteats 447 Your CD Player cccececcceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 271 NOUN ODS esaia ea oea ieda a as 271 Cargo Coyet icici snada aaa 155 Cargo Management System 155 CD MPS rorarii anan 257 Cell Phone Storage Area s e 154 Center Console Storage Area ceee 154 Chains Tire a siinasassidnaansanceasediadewaannvivnntorvacentos 422 Charging System Light irasos 204 Check Engine Light ceceeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 208 Checking Things Under the Hood 354 Chemical Paint Spotting eee 451 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems ceeeeeeeeeeeees 49 Infants and Young Children 008 46 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHIDO cav
383. s On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads If your vehicle is in cruise control when the 1 Move the cruise control switch to on Traction Control System TCS begins to limit 2 Get up to the speed desired wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage See Traction Control System TCS on 3 Press in the set button at the end of the lever page 281 and StabiliTrak System on page 283 and release it When road conditions allow you to safely use 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal it again you may turn the cruise control back on This light on the Setting Cruise Control y instrument panel cluster will come on while A CAUTION cruise control is on If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control 175 Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set the cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake This of course disengages the cruise control But it does not need to be reset Once you are going about 25 mph 40 km h or more you can move the cruise control switch briefly from on to resume accelerate You will go right back up to your chosen speed and stay there If yo
384. s contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your dealer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your dealer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques e Never use a knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces 444 Neverapply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum
385. s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine If no coolant is visible in the surge tank add coolant as follows 1 You can remove the coolant surge tank could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture pressure cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise left about one quarter turn and then stop If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means there is still some pressure left 377 2 ena S 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper and remove it mixture to slightly above the FULL COLD FROID line on the side of the coolant surge tank 378 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off Power Steering Fluid start the engine and let it run until you can
386. s detected See Passenger Sensing System on page 81 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 202 for more information on this including important safety information 65 A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no CAUTION Continued 66 CAUTION Continued one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat position move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint Se
387. s from English to metric see UNITS earlier in this section Blank Display This display shows no information DIC Warnings and Messages These messages appear if there is a problem detected in one of your vehicle s systems You must acknowledge a message to clear it from the screen for further use To clear a message press the set reset button Be sure to take any message that appears on the screen seriously and remember that clearing the message only makes the message disappear not the problem AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL OFF This message displays when the automatic headlamps are turned off AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL ON This message displays when the automatic headlamps are turned on BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message displays when the system detects that the battery voltage is dropping below expected levels The battery saver system starts reducing certain features of the vehicle that you may be able to notice At the point that the features are disabled this message is displayed It means that the vehicle is trying to save the charge in the battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories to allow the battery to recharge The normal battery voltage range is 11 5 to 15 5 volts You can monitor battery voltage on the Driver Information Center DIC by pressing the trip fuel button until BATTERY VOLTAGE is displayed CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON When this message displays it means that service is required for yo
388. s in page 331 PARK P 129 Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P without first pushing the button on the shift lever If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P 130 Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transmission into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into PARK P listed previously If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push you
389. s in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that may free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it may need to be towed out Or you can use the recovery hook if your vehicle has one If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 328 322 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification Tire label A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar B pillar With the drivers door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker The tire and loading information label
390. s using the wrong key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of electrical key codes If the engine does not start and the security light on the instrument panel cluster comes on when trying to start the vehicle the key may have a damaged transponder Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 455 lf the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer who can service the PASS Key III to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance It is possible for the PASS Key Ill decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to nine additional keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key III to have keys made and programmed to the system See your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to get a new key blank that is cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system To program the new addi
391. s when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays Playing a CD s Six Disc CD Player LOAD J Press this button to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD do the following 1 Press and release the load button 2 Wait for the message to insert the disc 3 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Press and hold the load button for five seconds A beep sounds and Load All Discs displays 2 Follow the displayed instruction on when to insert the discs The CD player takes up to six CDs 3 Press the Load button again to cancel loading more CDs If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol appears on the CD As each new track starts to play the track number displays If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks
392. se they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Wood Panels Use a clean cloth moistened in warm soapy water use mild dish washing soap Dry the wood immediately with a clean cloth Speaker Covers Vacuum around a speaker cover gently so that the speaker will not be damaged Clean spots with just water and mild soap Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 480 Washing Your Vehicle The paint finish on the vehicle provides beauty depth of color gloss retention and durability The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water Do not wash the vehicle in the direct rays of the sun Use a car washing soap
393. se deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 16 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with more than 300 000 people injured Many adults by some estimates nearly half the adult population choose never to drink alcohol so they never drive after drinking For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive But what if people do How much is too much if someone plans to drive It is a lot less than many might think Although it depends on each person and situation here is some general information on the problem The Blood Alcohol Concentration BAC of someone who is drinking depends upon four things e The amount of alcohol consumed e The drinkers body weight e The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking e The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol 275 According to the American Medical Association a 180 Ib 82 kg person who drinks three 12 ounce 355 ml bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BAC of about 0 06 percent The person would reach the same BAC by drinking three 4 ounce 120 ml glasses of wine or three mixed drinks if each had
394. sequence to GM torque specifications Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign of brake trouble Brake Adjustment Every time you make a brake stop your disc brakes adjust for wear Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality GM brake parts When you replace parts of your braking system for example when your brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved GM replacement parts If you do not your brakes may no longer work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between your front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery get one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label We recommend an ACDelco replacement battery See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for battery location Warning Battery posts
395. ses tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the cargo area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to 328 There is also important loading information for off road driving in this manual See Off Road Driving on page 291 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Service on page 493 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing your vehicle
396. sh for several more This chime and light will be repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the passengers safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensors the airbag modules the wiring and the diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 70 This light will come on when the ignition key is turned to ON and it will flash for a few seconds e N Then the light should go out This means the system is ready If it does not go out have your vehicle serviced right away If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on while you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle
397. shaft Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground Continue turning the wrench until the spare tire D can be pulled out from under the vehicle 427 5 428 Tilt the retainer C and slip it through the wheel opening to remove the spare tire from the cable B Turn the wrench clockwise until you feel two slips or hear two clicks after removing the spare tire to raise the cable back up Do not store a full size or a flat road tire under the vehicle See Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools on page 439 To continue changing the flat tire see Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire on page 429 If the spare tire will not lower the secondary latch may be engaged causing the tire not to lower Do the following to check the cable 1 Check under the vehicle to see if the cable is visible If it is not visible see Secondary Latch System on page 436 2 If it is visible first try to tighten the cable by Removing the Flat Tire and turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice You Installing the Spare Tire cannot over tighten the cable To remove the flat tire and install the spare do 3 Loosen the cable then by turning the wrench the following counterclockwise three or four turns 4 Tighten the cable all the way and then loosen it at least two times if the spare tire has not lowered If the spare tire did l
398. show that unbelted people in the rear seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Rear passengers who are not safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts Lap Shoulder Belt All rear seat positions have lap shoulder belts Here is how to wear one properly 1 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way it will lock If it does let it go back all the way and start again If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 42 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 37 YK iy D gg Se 7 Oo Mi re JEANS 2 ees Gam Q 3 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder part The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to sl
399. shown earlier in this section For additional information on Universal Home Remote see Customer Assistance Offices on page 491 Storage Areas Glove Box To open the glove box lift up on the lever Use your door key to lock or unlock it 153 Cupholder s Your vehicle has cupholders located between the front seats Slide the cover back to expose them There are also cupholders in the armrest of the second row seat Press the panel on the front of the armrest to expose the cupholders On the outboard sides of the third row there may also be cupholders Cell Phone Storage Area Your vehicle has a closeable cell phone sunglasses storage area inside both of the front doors Press the button to open the door Center Console Storage Area Your vehicle has a center console storage area located between the front seats It includes storage areas and accessory power outlet s on the rear of the console 154 Luggage Carrier A CAUTION If you try to carry something on top of your vehicle that is longer or wider than the luggage carrier like paneling plywood a mattress and so forth the wind can catch it as you drive along This can cause you to lose control What you are carrying could be violently torn off and this could cause you or other drivers to have a collision and of course damage your vehicle You may be able to carry something like this inside But never carry something longer or wider than the l
400. sing the pushbutton under the Add label when a removed category displays or by pressing the pushbutton under the Restore All label The radio does not allow you to remove or add categories while the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 km h The CAT button also toggles between compressed and uncompressed audio when a mixed disc is present See Compressed Audio later in this section Radio Message Locked This message displays when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to your dealer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 264 later in this section for further detail Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol displays on the CD As each new track starts to play the track number displays If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding
401. slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles e Slow down especially on higher speed roads Your vehicle s headlamps can light up only so much road ahead e In remote areas watch for animals e f you are tired pull off the road in a safe place and rest No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver may require at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision For example if you spend the day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses Your eyes will have less trouble adjusting to night But if you are driving do not wear sunglasses at night They may cut down on glare from headlamps but they also make a lot of things invisible You can be temporarily blinded by approaching headlamps It can take a second or two or even several seconds for your eyes to re adjust to the dark When you are faced with severe glare as from a driver who does not lower the high beams or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps slow down a little Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Glare at night is made much worse by dirt on the glass Even the inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean g
402. someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle may need a different turn signal flasher and or extra wiring Check with your dealer The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working 339 Driving on Grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibilit
403. soon as possible If the Light Is On Steady You may be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 352 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off 209 Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your electrical system may be wet The condition will usually be corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 349 Poor fuel quality will cause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed You may notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above st
404. spare tire an emergency you can use a cloth or a 11 Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded paper towel to do this but be sure to use end of the nuts toward the wheel a scraper or wire brush later if needed to 12 Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is get all the rust or dirt off held against the hub 433 14 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown Do not try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare tire It will not fit Store the wheel cover securely in the rear of the vehicle until have th 13 Lower the vehicle by attaching the wheel flat tire repaired or replaced acs wrench to the jack and turning the wrench counterclockwise Lower the jack completely 434 Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage A CAUTION To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly and to the proper torque specification tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This compact spare If you try to put a wheel cover T uid PIPE sag Be ns shee on the compact spare you could damage C COMCCEWNGEE NULS 1 gone the cover or the spare Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your replace them be sure to get new GM original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque
405. specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 464 for wheel nut torque specification 435 Secondary Latch System Your vehicle has an underbody mounted tire hoist assembly equipped with a secondary latch system It is designed to stop the compact spare tire from suddenly falling off your vehicle if the cable holding the spare tire is damaged For the secondary latch to work the tire must be stowed with the valve stem pointing down See Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools on page 439 for instructions on storing the spare tire correctly A CAUTION Before beginning this procedure read all the instructions Failure to read and follow the instructions could damage the hoist assembly and you and others could get hurt Read and follow the instructions listed next 436 A CAUTION Someone standing too close during the procedure could be injured by the jack If the spare tire does not slide off the jack completely make sure no one is behind you or on either side of you as you pull the jack out from the under spare To release the spare tire from the secondary latch do the following 1 If the cable is not visible start this procedure at Step 3 2 lf the cable is visible place the wrench on the hoist drive nut and turn the wrench counterclockwise until approximately 6 inches 15 cm of cable is exposed 3 Attach the wheel wrench to the jack and raise the jack at least 10 turns 4
406. ssed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays 252 RDM Random With the random setting CD tracks can be listened to in random rather than sequential order This feature is not available in playlist mode To use random do the following 1 To play tracks from the CD you are listening to in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label The random icon displays 2 Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play The random icon disappears from the display i Information Press this button to switch the display between the track number elapsed time of the track and the time When the ignition is off press this button to display the time if the clock display is enabled BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and track number display
407. st the temperature setting up or down a few degrees for best comfort Rear Air Conditioning System If your vehicle has the rear air conditioning system it has two fan speed selectors One fan speed selector is located in the front overhead console and the other is located in the headliner above the second row seats The rear air conditioning system is designed to provide cooled air only Front Control Rear Control To operate the rear system using the front control just turn the knob to the fan position you want To use the rear control first turn the front control to AUX then the rear control can be used to increase and decrease the airflow Passenger Compartment Air Filter The passenger compartment air filter helps remove dust and pollen from the air entering the vehicle Like the vehicle s engine air cleaner filter it needs to be changed periodically For how often to change the passenger compartment air filter see Scheduled Maintenance on page 471 The passenger compartment air filter is located underneath the hood below the windshield wiper arm on the passenger s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for more information on location 195 Use the procedure listed below to replace the passenger compartment air filter 1 Open the hood to access the engine compartment See Hood Release on page 355 for more information Locate the passenger compartment air filter access panel door
408. stem is any device designed for use in a motor vehicle to restrain seat or position children A built in child restraint system is a permanent part of the motor vehicle An add on child restraint system is a portable one which is purchased by the vehicle s owner To help reduce injuries an add on child restraint must be secured in the vehicle With built in or add on child restraints the child has to be secured within the child restraint A booster seat F G is a child restraint designed When choosing an add on child restraint be to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt sure the child restraint is designed to be system Some booster seats have a shoulder belt used in a vehicle If it is it will have a label positioner and some high back booster seats saying that it meets federal motor vehicle have a five point harness A booster seat can also safety standards Then follow the instructions help a child to see out the window for the restraint You may find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both 51 Securing an Add on Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manua
409. swirl marks fine Swirl Remover Polish scratches and other light surface contamination Cleaner Wax Removes light scratches and protects finish Cleans shines and ee Shine protects in one step No wiping necessary Medium foaming shampoo Cleans and lightly waxes Biodegradable and phosphate free Quickly removes spots Spot Lifter and stains from carpets vinyl and cloth upholstery Odorless spray odor Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics vinyl leather and carpet Wash Wax Concentrate Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLE4UX1M07267 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts Service Parts Identification Label This labelis in the passenger side rear storage compartment or at the lower edge of the liftgate It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts The label has the following information e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and spe
410. t See Retained Accessory Power wearing a safety belt properly can suffer RAP on page 118 much worse injuries They can hit things inside the vehicle or be ejected from it The sunroof sunshade and be seriously injured or killed This is switches are located in true for any vehicle occupant in any ri headliner between motor vehicle In a rollover or other crash ie driver ane tnt the Ultra View roof can be damaged or Paser JaN destroyed People who are unbelted would be at risk of being ejected from the vehicle Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passengers belts are fastened properly too 158 One switch operates the front sunroof and another switch operates the front sunshade The third switch is for the rear sunshade Press the back of the sunroof switch to open the sunroof Press the switch to the first stop to open the sunroof to a desired position Press the switch to the second stop to express open the sunroof to a preset comfort stop Press the switch at the second stop again to express open the sunroof completely Press the front of the sunroof switch to close the sunroof Press the switch to the first stop to close the sunroof to a desired position Press the front of the switch to the second stop to express close the sunroof Press the back of the front sunshade switch to open it Press it to the first stop to open the front sunshade to a desired position Press it again to express open the sunshad
411. t is lowering press down or pull up briefly on the switch again Express Up Window This feature is on all windows Pull the switch up to the second position and release the switch to activate the express up feature To stop the window as it is raising pull up or press down briefly on the switch again Programming the Power Windows If the battery on your vehicle has been recharged disconnected or is not working you will need to reprogram each power window for the express up feature to work Before reprogramming you will need to replace or recharge your vehicle s battery 110 To program each window follow these steps 1 With the ignition in ACCESSORY ON or when Retained Accessory Power RAP is active close all doors 2 Press and hold the power window switch until the window is fully open 3 Pull the power window switch up until the window is fully closed 4 Continue pulling the switch up for approximately two seconds after the window is completely closed The window is now reprogrammed Repeat the process for the other windows Express Window Anti Pinch Feature If any object is in the path of the window when the express up is active the window will stop at the obstruction and auto reverse to a preset factory position Weather conditions such as severe icing may also cause the window to auto reverse The window will return to normal operation once the obstruction or condition is removed Exp
412. tem CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment can interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems can interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added Your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 118 for more information 241 Setting the Time Radio with Single CD Player Enabling Disabling the Digital Radio Clock Your vehicle has an analog clock as well as the digital radio clock At the time of new vehicle delivery the digital radio clock display should be disabled If you decide to use the digital radio clock as well as the analog clock you can change the setting to enable the radio clock display Turn the radio clock display on or off by following these steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press the clock button until the clock and date setting menus appear 3 Press the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label until the menu for default clock and date settings appear 242 4 Press the pushbutton located under the currently
413. tems aeeee 49 Stowable Seat 20 0 cccsccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeees 20 Where to Put the Restraint ee 53 Safety Belts uninin 22 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 22 LATCH sseeeeeens mois betes ese danupa iait 55 Questions and Answers About Safety Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear GMS ics fete EEA ewes TA EEE ee skee 26 Seat Position 0 rete tetenees 62 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 27 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Driver Position ccccccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeteeeeees 27 Front Seat Position seeen 65 Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Airbag System eene 70 Where Are the Airbags eeeeeeeeeeeees 73 When Should an Airbag Inflate 77 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 79 How Does an Airbag Restrain 79 What Will You See After an Airbag NTALSS E E 80 Passenger Sensing System eee 81 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle c eee Restraint System Check a Checking the Restraint Systems Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash Front Seats Manual Seats A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked Your vehicle
414. terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling 385 Vehicle Storage Jump Starting If you are not going to drive your vehicle for If your vehicle s battery has run down you may 25 days or more remove the black negative want to use another vehicle and some jumper cable from the battery This will help keep the cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use battery from running down the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because e They contain acid that can burn you e They contain gas that can explode or ignite e They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 386 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt 386 Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system w
415. the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist Playlists can be changed by pressing the next and previous folder button the seek buttons or turning the tuner knob e Play begins from the first track in the first folder and continues sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has played play continues from the first track of the first folder When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless the folder mode has been chosen as the default display The new track name displays File System and Naming The song name that displays is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 22 characters or four pages are shortened Parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename does not display 259 Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Windows Media Player software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playlists must have a file extension of M3U or WPL Playlists can be changed by using the previous and next folder buttons the seek
416. there is a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your warning lights and gages They are a big help Your vehicle also has a Driver Information Center DIC that works along with the warning lights and gages See Driver Information Center DIC on page 214 for more information 197 Instrument Panel Cluster The instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going how much fuel you are using and many of the other things you will need to know to drive safely and economically United States version shown Canada similar 198 Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h See SPEEDOMETER under DIC Controls and Displays on page 215 for more information The odometer mileage can be checked without the vehicle running Your vehicle s odometer works together with the driver information center You can set a Trip A and a Trip B odometer See Trip Fuel under DIC Controls and Displays on page 215 for more information If your vehicle ever needs a new odometer installed the new one will be set to the corre
417. thers could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil If equipped this light tells you if there could be a problem with your engine oil pressure The light goes on when you turn your key to ON or START It goes off once you start your engine That s a check to be sure the light works If it doesn t come on be sure to have it fixed so it will be there to warn you if something goes wrong When the light comes on and stays on it means that oil isn t flowing through your engine properly You could be low on oil and you might have some other system problem 211 Security Light For information regarding this light see Theft Deterrent System on page 112 Fog Lamp Light The fog lamps light will come on when the fog i lamps are in use The light will go out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 181 for more information 212 Lights On Reminder This light comes on whenever the parking lamps are on See Headlamps on Reminder on page 179 for more information Cruise Control Light This light comes on whenever you set the O cruise control The light goes out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 174 for more inf
418. this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the accident They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a GM dealer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requir
419. ting Safety Defects to the Telephone TTY Users 0 eeeeees 491 Canadian Government c eeeeee 504 Customer Assistance Offices 200 491 Reporting Safety Defects to GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 492 General Motors cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 505 Roadside Service cccecceceeeteeeeeeeaeeees 493 Service Publications Ordering Information 505 Courtesy Transportation eeeee 496 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeees 498 Collision Damage Repair 0 0 eee 500 487 Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Cadillac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager 488 STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your
420. tion ee 414 Speaker Covers cc cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 447 When It Is Time for New Tires aan 416 Care of Safety Belts ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 447 Buying New Tires eccceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeees 416 WeatherstripS cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeneeees 447 Different Size Tires and Wheels 418 Washing Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeereeeeees 447 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 000 419 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 448 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 420 Finish Care oo cccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 448 Wheel Replacement aenescens 421 Windshield and Wiper Blades 0 449 Tire Chains eet acdsee dene on Seam adadade adeceeexceaens 422 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 449 lf a Tire Goes Flat rinii ticinesi 423 TGS seasons yee a 450 Changing a Flat Tire ee eeeeeees 424 Sheet Metal Damage aeee 450 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 426 Finish Damage ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeneeees 451 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing Underbody Maintenance 451 the Spare Tire eeeeee e 429 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeee 451 Secondary Latch System 6 eeee 436 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 452 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 439 Compact Spare Tire oieesmidi innser iainta 442 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Vehicle Identification
421. tion Program Please consult your dealer for details General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion 498 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders Your vehicle like other modern motor vehicles has a number of sophisticated computer systems that monitor and control several aspects of the vehicle s performance Your vehicle uses on board vehicle computers to monitor emission control components to optimize fuel economy to monitor conditions for airbag deployment and if so equipped to provide anti lock braking and to help the driver control the vehicle in difficult driving situations Some information may be stored during regular operations to facilitate repair of detected malfunctions other information is stored only in a crash event by computer systems such as those commonly called Event Data Recorders EDR In a crash event computer systems such as the airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM in your vehicle may record information about the condition of the vehicle and how it was operated such as data related to engine speed brake application throttle position vehicle speed safety belt usage airbag readiness airbag performance and the severity of a collision If your vehicle is equipped with StabiliTrak st
422. tional key do the following 1 Verify that the new key has a stamped on it 2 Insert the original already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to OFF and remove the key 4 Insert the new key to be programmed and turn it to the ON position within five seconds of the original key being turned to the OFF position 5 The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed 6 Repeat Steps 1 through 5 if additional keys are to be programmed If you are driving and the security light comes on and stays on you may be able to restart your engine Your PASS Key Ill system however may not be working properly and must be serviced by your dealer If you lose or damage your PASS Key Ill key see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made 115 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines for the first 500 miles 805 km e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow e Do not exceed 70 mph 113 km h e Do not make full throttle starts also refrain from using the full throttle while driving Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle If these procedures are not followed you
423. tions See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on and your vehicle may fail a smog check test 350 See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 208 If this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs may not be covered by your warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that will help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing your emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to your fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your dealer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines may be available in your area General Motors
424. try feature This makes it easy to get in and out of the third row seat if your vehicle has one 19 Stowable Seat If your vehicle has a third row seat it is a power folding seat The head rests need to be removed before folding the third row seat See Head Restraints on page 17 for instructions for removing the third row seat head rests The seatback will not fold all of the way down if the head rests are not removed Inside Liftgate 20 The buttons that are used to operate the power folding third row seat are located inside of the liftgate and behind the second row seat on the passenger s side of the vehicle Two buttons are located inside the liftgate One button is to tilt the seatback forward for added storage space or when storing a flat tire The other button is the power folding seat button The button behind the second row seat is also a power folding seat button Press and hold either one of the two power folding seat buttons to fold the seat Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat Before folding or unfolding the third row seat all of the following conditions must be met e The liftgate or passenger s side rear door must be open e The unlock button on either the remote keyless entry transmitter or the door must be
425. ttery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high This is true for all vehicles This is because the generator alternator may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads A high electrical load occurs when several of the following loads are on headlamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger climate control fan at high speed heated seats engine cooling fans trailer loads and loads plugged into accessory power outlets EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery It does this by balancing the generator s output and the vehicle s electrical needs It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories Normally these actions occur in steps or levels without being noticeable In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action this action may be noticeable to the driver If so a Driver Information Center DIC message might be displayed such as Battery Saver Active or Service Battery Charging System If this message is displayed it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 183 Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA Your vehicle may have the Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system It is designed to help you park while the vehicle is in REVERSE
426. tton again to turn off random play BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays Playing an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW Disc Your vehicle s radio system may have the MP3 feature If it has it is capable of playing an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW disc For more information on how to play an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW disc see Using an MP3 on page 257 later in this section CD Messages DISC ERROR If an error message displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e The radio system does not support the playlist format the compressed audio format or the data file format e It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again 255 e There could have been a problem while burning the CD e The label could be caught in the CD
427. tured before April 1 1982 Read the instructions completely before attempting to program the transmitter Because of the steps involved it may be helpful to have another person available to assist you in programming the transmitter Be sure to keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future programming You only need the original remote control transmitter for fixed code programming It is also recommended that upon the sale or lease termination of the vehicle the programmed buttons should be erased for security purposes See Erasing your Universal Home Remote Buttons later in this section Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or security device you are programming When programming a garage door it is advised to park outside of the garage If you do not know if your garage door opener is a fixed code or rolling code device open your garage door opener s remote control battery cover Your garage door opener is a fixed code device if there is a panel of switches If not your garage door opener is a rolling code device 145 Programming Universal Home Remote Fixed Code Fixed Code garage door openers are used for garage doors produced prior to 1996 Fixed code uses the same coded signal every time which is manually programmed by setting DIP switches for a unique personal code To program up to three channels
428. tures Here are some things to consider Surface Conditions Off roading can take you over hard packed dirt gravel rocks grass sand mud snow or ice Each of these surfaces affects the steering acceleration and braking of your vehicle in different ways Depending upon the kind of surface you are on you may experience slipping sliding wheel spinning delayed acceleration poor traction and longer braking distances Surface Obstacles Unseen or hidden obstacles can be hazardous A rock log hole rut or bump can startle you if you are not prepared for them Often these obstacles are hidden by grass bushes snow or even the rise and fall of the terrain itself Here are some things to consider e Is the path ahead clear e Will the surface texture change abruptly up ahead e Does the travel take you uphill or downhill There is more discussion of these subjects later e Will you have to stop suddenly or change direction quickly When you drive over obstacles or rough terrain keep a firm grip on the steering wheel Ruts troughs or other surface features can jerk the wheel out of your hands if you are not prepared When you drive over bumps rocks or other obstacles your wheels can leave the ground If this happens even with one or two wheels you cannot control the vehicle as well or at all Because you will be on an unpaved surface it is especially important to avoid sudden acceleration sudden tur
429. ty Cadillac General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Service program at any time without notification Towing and Road Service Exclusions Specifically excluded from Roadside Service coverage are towing or services for vehicles operated on a non public roadway or highway fines impound towing caused by a violation of local Municipal State Provincial or Federal law and mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for new vehicles 496 The Courtesy Transportation program is offered to customers in conjunction with the Bumper to Bumper coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Several transportation options are available when warranty repairs are required This will reduce your inconvenience during warranty repairs Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service you should contact your dealer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the
430. u can unlock the other doors by holding the key in the turned position for a few seconds or by quickly turning the key twice in the lock cylinder Power Door Locks The power door lock switches are located on the armrest on the front doors A Unlock Press the side of the switch with the unlock symbol to unlock the doors Lock Press the side of the switch with the lock symbol to lock the doors 101 Delayed Locking With this feature you can delay the actual locking of the doors When the power door lock switch or the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed when the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened a chime will sound three times indicating that delayed locking is active When all the doors are closed the doors will lock automatically after five seconds If a door is reopened before five seconds have elapsed the five second timer will reset itself once all the doors are closed again You can press the door lock switch or the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter again to override this feature and lock the doors immediately You can turn this feature off using the Driver Information Center DIC When delayed locking is off the doors will lock immediately when you press the power door lock switch or the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 231 for more information 102 Programmable Auto
431. u hold the switch at resume accelerate the vehicle will keep going faster until you release the switch or apply the brake Do not hold the switch at resume accelerate unless you want the vehicle to go faster 176 Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed e Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed Press the set button at the end of the lever then release the button and the accelerator pedal You will now cruise at the higher speed e Move the cruise switch from on to resume accelerate Hold it there until you get up to the desired speed and then release the switch To increase your speed in very small amounts move the switch briefly to resume accelerate Each time you do this your vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster If using the accelerator pedal and the set button at end of the lever to increase cruise set speed your new set speed must be at least 5 mph higher than current speed for this method to work If it is not 5 mph higher switch cruise switch off then on and then reset your speed using the set button Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to reduce your speed while using cruise control e Press in the button at the end of the lever until you reach the lower speed desired then release it e To slow down in very small amounts briefly press the set button Each time you do this you will go about 1 mph 1 6
432. u must still consider the effect on the rear axle Because your rear axle now weighs 3 100 Ibs 1 406 kg you can only put 900 Ibs 408 kg on the rear axle without exceeding RGAWR The effect of tongue weight is about 1 5 times the actual weight Dividing the 900 Ibs 408 kg by 1 5 leaves you with being able to handle only 600 Ibs 272 kg of tongue weight Since tongue weight is usually at least 10 percent of total loaded trailer weight you can expect that the largest trailer your vehicle can properly handle is 6 000 Ibs 2 721 kg It is important that you make sure your vehicle does not exceed any of its ratings GCWR GVWR RGAWR Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight The only way to be sure you are not exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh your vehicle and trailer Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires You ll find these numbers on the Certification Tire label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 Then be sure you don t go over the GVW limit for your vehicle including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you ll need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow e The rear bumper on your vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use on
433. uggage carrier on top of your vehicle If your vehicle has a luggage carrier you can load things on top of your vehicle The luggage carrier has side rails attached to the roof You can get sliding crossrails through your dealer to use for tying things down These let you load some things on top of your vehicle as long as they are not wider or longer than the luggage carrier Notice Loading cargo on the luggage carrier that weighs more than 100 Ibs 45 kg or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage your vehicle Load cargo so that it rests on the slats as far forward as possible and against the side rails making sure to fasten it securely Cargo Cover If your vehicle has a cargo cover you can use it to cover items in the rear of the vehicle Pull the cover from the passenger s side to the drivers side and slide the ends into the slots to secure it When it is not in use take the ends out of the slots and allow the cover to roll back up Cargo Management System Your vehicle may have a cargo management system It provides extra storage space for the rear of the vehicle The cargo management system has three compartments The one closest to the front of the vehicle opens from behind the second row The center compartment has a divider The compartment closest to the rear of the vehicle has a removable storage bin 155 Sunroof The vehicle may have an Ultra View sunroof over the first two rows
434. uid can badly damage brake system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake system can damage brake system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 447 383 Brake Wear Your vehicle has four wheel disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair 384 Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with your brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper
435. ur Vehicle A CAUTION Defensive Driving Defensive driving really means Be ready for anything On city streets rural roads The best advice anyone can give about driving is or expressways it means Always expect Drive defensively the unexpected Assume that pedestrians Please start with a very important safety device in or other drivers are going to be careless your vehicle Buckle up See Safety Belts They and make mistakes Anticipate what they Are for Everyone on page 22 might do and be ready Rear end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents Yet they are common Allow enough following distance Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on the driving task Anything that distracts from the driving task makes proper defensive driving more difficult and can even cause a collision with resulting injury Ask a passenger to help do these things or pull off the road in a safe place to do them These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life 274 Drunken Driving Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national tragedy It is the number one contributor to the highway death toll claiming thousands of victims every year Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle e Judgment e Muscular Coordination e Vision e Attentiveness Police records show that almost half of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases the
436. ur vehicle See your dealer See Engine Oil on page 360 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 471 for more information When you reset the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message by clearing it from the display you still must reset the engine oil life system separately For more information on resetting the engine oil life system see Engine Oil Life System on page 363 CHECK TIRE PRESSURE If your vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system this message displays when the tire pressure in one of the tires needs to be checked This message also displays LEFT FRONT RIGHT FRONT LEFT REAR or RIGHT REAR to indicate which tire needs to be checked You can receive more than one tire pressure message at a time To read the other messages that may have been sent at the same time press the set reset button If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire Loading Information label 221 See Tires on page 398 Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 407 The DIC display also shows the tire pressure values for the front and rear tires by pressing the vehicle information button See DIC Controls and Displays on page 215 If the tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light comes on See Tire Pressure Light on page 207 CRUISE SET TO XXX MPH km h This message displays whenever the cruise control is set See
437. ure Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings LIGHTS OFF The exterior lamps will not flash when you press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter LIGHTS ON default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it DELAY DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select whether or not the locking of the vehicle s doors will be delayed The locking of the vehicle s doors is delayed for up to five seconds after a power door lock switch is pressed when a door is open or after the lock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is pressed while a door is open The key must be out of the ignition for this feature to work Press the customization button until DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF There will be no delayed locking of the vehicle s doors ON default The locking of the vehicle s doors will be delayed by five seconds after a power door lock switch is pressed when a door is open or the lock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed while a door is open 235 NO CHANGE No c
438. ure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 447 for more information Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Also look for any opened or broken airbag covers and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Notice f you damage the covering for the driver s or the right front passenger s airbag or the airbag covering on the driver s and right front passenger s seatback or the side impact airbag covering on the ceiling near the side windows the bag may not work properly You may have to replace the airbag module in the steering wheel both the airbag module and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s airbag the airbag module and seatback for the driver s and right front passenger s seat mounted side impact airbags or side impact airbag module and ceiling covering for the roof mounted side impact airbag Do not open or break the airbag coverings 89 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint
439. urn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 65 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer 84 The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your
440. usts the ride of your vehicle Automatic ride control is achieved through a computer used to control and monitor the suspension system The controller receives input from various sensors to determine the proper system response If the controller detects a problem within the system the DIC will display a SERVICE SUSPENSION SYS message See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 for more information See your dealer for service Limited Slip Rear Axle Your vehicle may have this feature A limited slip rear axle can give you additional traction on snow mud ice sand or gravel It works like a standard axle most of the time but when one of the rear wheels has no traction and the other does this feature will allow the wheel with traction to move the vehicle StabiliTrak System Your vehicle is equipped with a vehicle stability enhancement system called StabiliTrak It is an advanced computer controlled system that assists you with directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions StabiliTrak activates when the computer senses a discrepancy between your intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling StabiliTrak selectively applies braking pressure at any one of the vehicle s brakes to help steer the vehicle in the direction which you are steering When the stability control system activates the traction control system and StabiliTrak light will flash on the instrument panel clust
441. utton located under each one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one e Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or the FWD forward button To decrease the time or date press the left SEEK arrow or the REV reverse button You can also turn the tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio faceplate to adjust the selected setting Changing the Time and Date Default Setting To change the time and date default setting do the following i 4 Change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or the date default setting from month day year to day month year by pressing the MENU button Once the clock symbol displays press the pushbutton located under that symbol until the time and date settings display along with a forward arrow Press the pushbutton located under the forward arrow until the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY month day and year and DD MM YYYY day month and year displays Press the pushbutton located under the desired option then press the MENU button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out 245 Radio with CD FM 101 1 101 Mmm 1201 aee AE sel Ue J Radio with CD shown Radio with Six Disc CD MP3 similar Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio
442. vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly But the notice will tell what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle They use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator If you need help figuring out a specific name of a component gage or indicator reference the following topics e Seats and Restraint Systems in Section 1 e Features and Controls in Section 2 e Instrument Panel Overview in Section 3 e Climate Controls in Section 3 e Warning Lights Gages and Indicators in Section 3 e Audio System s in Section 3 e Engine Compartment Overview in Section 5 These are some examples of symbols that may be found on the vehicle LATCH BOTH LAP AND ae SHOULDER BELTS TO crate ENGINE ee Se PROTECT OCCUPANT Suton AD cootant ering Ge DO NOT TWIST SAFETY i TEMP BELT WHEN ATTACHING PROTECT 4 TURN FUSE EYES BY FASTEN SIGNALS BATTERY BOX SHIELDING SEAT AIRBAG X CHARGING ACCESS U I BELTS SYSTEM PARKING CAUSTIC LA
443. vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the passenger s airbag A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 201 for more on this including important safety information 85 A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates Remove any additional material from the seat cushion before reinstalling or securing the child
444. ver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink 277 Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want it to go They are the brakes the steering and the accelerator All three systems have to do their work at the places where the tires meet the road Sometimes as when you are driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide That means you can lose control of your vehicle See StabiliTrak System on page 283 Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 347 278 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 204 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between y
445. versal Home Remote button for two seconds then release it Immediately press and hold the same button a second time for two seconds then release it Immediately press and hold the same button a third time for two seconds then release The Universal Home Remote should now activate your rolling code equipped device To program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons begin with Step 2 of Programming Universal Home Remote You do not want to repeat Step 1 as this will erase all previous programming from the Universal Home Remote buttons 152 Gate Operator and Canadian Programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission This may not be long enough for Universal Home Remote to pick up the signal during programming Similarly some U S gate operators are manufactured to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulty programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Programming Universal Home Remote procedures regardless of where you live replace Step 3 under Programming Universal Home Remote with the following Continue to press and hold the Universal Home Remote button while you press and release every two seconds cycle the hand held transmitter button until the frequency signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Home Remote The Universal Home Remote indicat
446. ving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or aloum should contain 18 songs or less e Avoid subfolders The system can support up to 8 subfolders deep however keep the total number of folders to a minimum in order to reduce the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback e Make sure playlists have a mp3 or wpl extension other file extensions might not work 257 e Minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names Long file folder or playlist names or a combination of a large number of files and folders or playlists can cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files folders playlists or sessions If you wish to play a large number of files folders playlists or sessions minimize the length of the file folder or playlist name Long names also take up more space on the display potentially getting cut off e Finalize the audio disc before you burn it Trying to add music to an existing disc can cause the disc not to function in the player Change playlists by using the previous and next folder buttons the tuner knob or the seek buttons An MP3 CD R that was recorded using no file folders can also be played If a CD R contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files the player lets you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum cannot be accessed 258
447. w Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually But the frontal airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including rollovers rear impacts and many side impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward the airbag Side impact airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including many frontal or near frontal collisions and rear impacts Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts and then only in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions for the driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags and only in moderate to severe side collisions for vehicles with side impact airbags 79 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After frontal airbags and seat mounted side impact airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof mounted side impact airbags may still be at least partially inflated minutes after the vehicle comes to rest Some components of the airbag module
448. wear e Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear e Poor handling e Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards 407 A Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire it should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 442 408 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are co
449. wear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 416 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 419 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 322 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following e Too much flexing e Too much heat e Tire overloading e Premature or irregular
450. with the starburst symbol that meet GM standards are all you need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message in the DIC will come on Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system may not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year 363 However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer has GM trained service people who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change the oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed After the o
451. with water and get medical help immediately 389 Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage A CAUTION the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the Fans or other moving engine parts can negative terminal on the dead battery injure you badly Keep your hands away because this can cause sparks THA LE S amp from moving parts once the engine is running fin 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote Dy positive terminal if the vehicle has one S amp S Dy EB Negative will go to a heavy unpainted EZ DN metal engine part or to a remote negative 2 terminal if the vehicle has one 6 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal of the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one J e 390 7 Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anyt
452. xcept the Daytime Running Lamps DRL AUTO Automatic Turn the control to this position to put the headlamps in automatic mode AUTO mode will turn the exterior lamps on and off depending upon how much light is available outside of the vehicle 300 Parking Lamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the parking lamps together with the following e Sidemarker Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights 178 ZD Headlamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the headlamps together with the previously listed lamps and lights Wiper Activated Headlamps This feature activates the headlamps and parking lamps after the windshield wipers have been in use for about six seconds For this feature to work the exterior lamp control must be in AUTO When the exterior lamp control is off or in the parking lamp position and the windshield wiper control is in any position except off the Headlamps Suggested message will appear on the DIC display See Headlamps Suggested Message under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 220 for more information When the ignition is turned to OFF the wiper activated headlamps will immediately turn off They will also turn off if the windshield wiper control is turned off Headlamps on Reminder A warning chime will sound if the exterior lamp control is left on in either the headlamp or parking lamp position and the driver s door is opened with t
453. y Getting Familiar with Off Road Driving It is a good idea to practice in an area that is safe and close to home before you go into the wilderness Off road driving does require some new and different driving skills Here is what we mean Tune your senses to different kinds of signals Your eyes for example need to constantly sweep the terrain for unexpected obstacles Your ears need to listen for unusual tire or engine sounds With your arms hands feet and body you will need to respond to vibrations and vehicle bounce 293 Controlling your vehicle is the key to successful off road driving One of the best ways to control your vehicle is to control your speed Here are some things to keep in mind At higher speeds e You approach things faster and you have less time to scan the terrain for obstacles e You have less time to react e You have more vehicle bounce when you drive over obstacles e You will need more distance for braking especially since you are on an unpaved surface A CAUTION When you are driving off road bouncing and quick changes in direction can easily throw you out of position This could cause you to lose control and crash So whether you are driving on or off the road you and your passengers should wear safety belts 294 Scanning the Terrain Off road driving can take you over many different kinds of terrain You need to be familiar with the terrain and its many different fea
454. y 5 To make the lap part tight pull up on the Push the latch plate into the buckle until shoulder belt it clicks It may be necessary to pull stitching on the Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is safety belt through the latch plate to fully secure tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces Q Ss y Q 4 S Sy 4 EEANN pLi SA The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash 29 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body Ses SA i f LIN A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way 30 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the la
455. y of the engine and the transmission overheating Parking on Hills A CAUTION You really should not park your vehicle with a trailer attached on a hill If something goes wrong your rig could start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged 340 But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill here s how to do it 1 Apply your regular brakes but don t shift into PARK P When parking uphill turn your wheels away from the curb When parking downhill turn your wheels into the curb 2 Have someone place chocks behind the trailer wheels 3 When the chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply your parking brake and shift into PARK P 5 Release the regular brakes When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you e start your engine e shift into a gear and e release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you re pulling a trailer See Scheduled Maintenance on page 471 for more information Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid don t overfill engi
456. yed press the PROG button to perform the menu function enter 268 Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio The feature works automatically by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN If the radio is moved to a different vehicle it does not operate If the radio is removed from your vehicle the original VIN in the radio can be used to trace the radio back to your vehicle With THEFTLOCK activated the radio will not operate if stolen Audio Steering Wheel Controls Some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel They include the following X Mute Press this button to mute the system Press this button again or any other radio button to turn the sound on SRCE Source Press this button to switch between AM FM XM if equipped CD and auxiliary jack Voice Recognition If your vehicle has the navigation system press and hold this button for longer than one second to initiate voice recognition See Voice Recognition in the Navigation System manual for more information lf your vehicle has OnStar press and hold this button for longer than one second to interact with the OnStar system If your vehicle also has the navigation system press and hold this button for longer than one second to initiate voice recognition and say OnStar to enter OnStar mode See the OnStar System on page 139 in th
457. you are following a larger vehicle Also you will not have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops Keep back a reasonable distance When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and do not get too close Time your move so you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane If the way is clear to pass you will have a running start that more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass you need only slow down and drop back again and wait for another opportunity If other vehicles are lined up to pass a slow vehicle wait your turn But take care that someone is not trying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot e Check your vehicle s mirrors glance over your shoulder and start your left lane change signal before moving out of the right lane to pass When you are far enough ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your vehicle s inside mirror activate the right lane change signal and move back into the right lane Remember that if your vehicle s passenger side outside mirror is convex the vehicle you just passed may seem to be farther away from you than it really is e Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two lane roads Reconsider before passing the next
458. you are driving stop as soon as possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service 205 If the regular brake system warning light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have anti lock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on you do not have anti lock brakes and there is a problem with your regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 204 for more information The ABS warning light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to ON If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem Traction Control System TCS Warning Light A ee Your vehicle has a traction control system warning light This light will come on when your traction control system is limiting wheel spin You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal 206 If the traction control system warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the system is turned on your vehicle needs service See Traction Control System TCS on page 281 for more information Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light This light tells you that your engine is very hot G This light will come on when you first start the vehicle as a check to let you know that the light is working It will go out after
459. ystem See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 410 for more information Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light Your vehicle has a computer which monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems This system is called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation and is intended to assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment 208 The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service is required Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after awhile the emission controls might not work as well your vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by your warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your war

BMW 735iL Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents